TWI244069B - Data recording method, recorder and data reproducing method and device - Google Patents

Data recording method, recorder and data reproducing method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI244069B
TWI244069B TW91125028A TW91125028A TWI244069B TW I244069 B TWI244069 B TW I244069B TW 91125028 A TW91125028 A TW 91125028A TW 91125028 A TW91125028 A TW 91125028A TW I244069 B TWI244069 B TW I244069B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
data
bit
mentioned
recording
recorded
Prior art date
Application number
TW91125028A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Yoichiro Sako
Akiya Saito
Yoshinobu Usui
Yoriaki Kanada
Tomihiro Nakagawa
Original Assignee
Sony Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2001335406A external-priority patent/JP3585881B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2001339970A external-priority patent/JP4089205B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2001345330A external-priority patent/JP3803704B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2001345331A external-priority patent/JP4089207B2/en
Application filed by Sony Corp filed Critical Sony Corp
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI244069B publication Critical patent/TWI244069B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Optical Recording Or Reproduction (AREA)
  • Signal Processing For Digital Recording And Reproducing (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is relative with a method for recording further data on a recording medium on which there are pre-recorded data obtained on modulating M-bit data to N-bit data, where M < N. The further recorded data are recorded by changing a certain bit or bits of the N-bit data, with the remaining portion of the bits of the N-bit data being fixed.

Description

1244069 ⑴ 玖、發明說明 (發明說明應敘明:發明所屬之技術領域、先前技術、内容、實施方式及圖式簡單說明) 技術領域 本發明係有關進行記錄於記錄媒體内之内容資料等記 錄資料之識別之進行資料等記錄之記錄方法及記錄裝置 ’以及進行記錄有識別資料之記錄媒體之再生之再生方法 及再生裝置。 本發明依據於曰本2001年1〇月31曰申請專利之申請專 利編號200 1 -3 3 5406及200 1年u月9日申請專利之申請專 利編號2 0 0 1 - 3 4 5 3 3 0主張優先權,本發明援用此等申請專 利作參照。 背景技術 用作樂曲等内容資料之記錄媒體的光碟(以下稱C D ),被 8-14 調制(EFM調制· Eight to F〇urteen Modulation)之資 料以〔〇〕或〔1〕使脈衝正負反轉之不歸零反轉(NRZI ;1244069 玖 发明, description of the invention (the description of the invention should state: the technical field to which the invention belongs, the prior art, the content, the embodiments, and a brief description of the drawings) TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to recording materials such as content data recorded in a recording medium A recording method and a recording device for performing recording such as identification, and a reproduction method and a recording device for performing reproduction on a recording medium on which identification data is recorded. The present invention is based on the patent application numbers of 200 1 -3 3 5406 and 200 patent applications dated October 31, 2001, and the patent application numbers of 0 0 1-3 4 5 3 30 Claiming priority, this application refers to these patent applications. 2. Description of the Related Art An optical disc (hereinafter referred to as a CD) used as a recording medium of music and other content data is reversed by [0] or [1] with 8 or 14 modulation (EFM modulation · Eight to Four Modulation) data. Non-return-to-zero inversion (NRZI;

Non Return to Zero Inverted)記錄。以下說明CD之鳩格式 ,幀於2 4位元之同步信號後,收納有丨4位元的子碼,其次 ,1個符號收納有1 4位元的記錄資料。子碼係管理資料, 於調制前,以8位元構成1個符號,並收納於各巾貞内。子碼 之各位元區分成P〜W,子碼p如用作顯示樂曲與樂曲間的 啟動旗標,子碼Q記錄位址資訊等,其餘之r〜w則作為 用戶位元,合併6個,如用於圖形。 各符號間插入3位元之連接位元。該連接位元於結合符 號時,不得違反EFM之轉換規則,而選擇使數位總值(DSV ;Digital Sum Vale)之絕對值更小者。 1244069 _ (2) I發明說明續頁 C D等光碟上,為求進行記錄之内容資料等記錄資料的 者作權官理’於記錄貧料後^有時須加註識別貧料。將該 識別資料記錄於子碼内時,1個符號即完全改變。如在子 碼Q内記錄識別資料時,子碼P及子碼R〜W均改變。如此 ,即無法再生已記錄之内容資料。 加註於光碟内之識別資料,係在設於構成光碟之基板上 之脊部照射光束,溶解反射光束之反射膜,而避免反射光 束,藉由虛擬形成溝來記錄。 再者,EFM調制使最小掃描寬度(最小反轉間隔Tmin) 為2,使最大掃描寬度(最大反轉間隔Tmax)為10,並於14 位元之調制圖案間插入〔0 0 0〕、〔 1 0 0〕、〔 0 1 0〕、〔 0 0 1〕之 任何一個連接位元。藉由使調制圖案後半部之脊改變成位 元,於記錄識別資料時,在後續之連接位元内選擇〔000〕 時,於記錄識別資料後,最大掃描寬度(最大反轉間隔 Tmax)變成1 1以上,因而違反調制規則。 記錄加註於光碟上之識別資料時,識別資料之記錄位置 藉由記錄資料之符號的前後資料,記錄位置不確定,可能 為脊或溝。由於溝係以凹部構成,因此反射率小,即使於 形成有溝之區域内照射光束而溶解反射膜,記錄再生裝置 仍無法檢測所記錄的資料。 一種用作樂曲等内容資料之記錄媒體的光碟為〇乂〇 — ROM。DVD — ROM内定義有猝發切割區(BCA ; Burst Cutting Area),該區域内可記錄識別内容資料等主資料用 的識別資料作為加註資訊。 發明說明續頁 1244069 (3) B C A設於與記錄有内容資料等主資料之區域不同的 域内。設有B C A之光碟僅以專用之記錄再生裝置或再生 置即可進行再生。 此種識別資料係記錄於各個光碟内者,即使為避免製 效率惡化,仍需要可於特定時間内,如約數秒記錄的資 量。另外,記錄裝置之記錄速度加快,每單位時間之資 記錄量增加時,可增加識別資料的資料量。因此,提供 的光碟時,有時須設定大於實際記錄資料量之可記錄識 貢料等區域的記錄容置。此時’需要記錄識別貧料的資 長等。 發明之揭示 本發明之目的,在提供一種保持與既有格式之互換性 時已記錄有資料之區域内,可記錄識別内容資料等主資 用之資料作為加註資料之記錄方法及記錄裝置與資料 再生方法及生成裝置,進一步提供記錄有其識別資料之 錄媒體。 本發明之其他目的,在提供一種即使已記錄識別内容 料等主資料用之識別資料後,可以不違反記錄於記錄媒 内之主資料之調制規則之方式進行記錄之資料之記錄 法及記錄裝置與資料之再生方法及生成裝置,進一步提 記錄有其識別貧料之記錄媒體。 本發明之另外目的,在提供一種容易擴張加註於記錄 體内之識別貪料等資料容Ϊ之貧料之記錄方法及記錄 置與資料之再生方法及生成裝置,進一步提供記錄有其 區 裝 造 料 料 新 別 料 同 料 之 記 資 體 方 供 媒 裝 識 1244069 (4) 發明說明續頁 別資料之記錄媒體。 為求達成上述目的而提出之資料的記錄方法,係在預先 記錄有將Μ位兀貧料調制成N (Μ〈 N)位元貧料之貧料的 記錄媒體内,以使Ν位元資料之某些位元改變,而固定Ν 位元資料之其餘某些位元之方式進一步記錄資料。 此時,Ν位元之資料内包含連接位元。 用於本發明之記錄方法之記錄媒體内預先記錄有Ν位 元資料作為包含溝部與溝部間之脊部的凹凸圖案,於記錄 資料時,以自脊部變成溝部,或自溝部變成脊部之方式, 選擇位於某些位元經過改變之Ν位元資料與接續於Ν位元 資料之Ν位元資料間之連接位元。 本發明之記錄裝置具備:掃描記錄媒體之光學頭部,該 記錄媒體内預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位 元資料之資料作為包含溝部與溝部間之脊部的凹凸圖案 ;控制部,其係控制是否依據自光學頭部讀取之資料記錄 識別資料;及信號處理部,其係實施識別信號内記錄用的 信號處理,並供給輸出資料至上述光學頭部;藉由光學頭 部於記錄媒體内,以使Ν位元資料之某些位元改變,使Ν 位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之方式記錄識別資料。 本發明之記錄媒體之再生方法自預先記錄有將Μ位元 資料調制成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使Ν位元資料之 某些位元改變,使Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之方式 進一步記錄資料之記錄媒體讀取資料,抽出所讀取資料中 Ν位元資料的其餘部分,判別所抽出之Ν位元資料之其餘 1244069 (5) 發明說明續頁 部分是否為固定值,判別所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分 為固定值時,判斷為無誤。Non Return to Zero Inverted). The following describes the Dove format of the CD. After the frame has a 24-bit synchronization signal, a 4-bit subcode is stored. Second, a symbol stores 14-bit recording data. The subcode is management data. Before modulation, a symbol is formed by 8 bits, and is stored in each frame. Each subcode of the subcode is divided into P ~ W. If the subcode p is used to display the start flag between the song and the subcode, subcode Q records the address information, etc., and the remaining r ~ w are used as user bits. , Such as for graphics. A 3-bit connection bit is inserted between each symbol. When the connection bit is combined with a symbol, it must not violate EFM's conversion rules, and choose to make the absolute value of the total digital value (DSV; Digital Sum Vale) smaller. 1244069 _ (2) I Description of the invention Continuation page CD and other optical discs, for the purpose of recording the content and other recording materials, etc., after the recording of the poor material ^ Sometimes it is necessary to add annotations to identify the poor material. When this identification data is recorded in the subcode, one symbol is completely changed. For example, when the identification data is recorded in the sub-code Q, both the sub-code P and the sub-codes R to W are changed. In this way, the recorded content data cannot be reproduced. The identification data added to the optical disc is irradiated with light beams on the ridges provided on the substrate constituting the optical disc, dissolving the reflective film of the reflected light beam, and avoiding the reflected light beam, and recording by virtual forming grooves. In addition, EFM modulation sets the minimum scan width (minimum inversion interval Tmin) to 2 and the maximum scan width (maximum inversion interval Tmax) to 10, and inserts [0 0 0], [ 1 0 0], [0 1 0], [0 0 1]. By changing the ridges in the second half of the modulation pattern to bits, when the identification data is recorded, when [000] is selected in the subsequent connection bits, after the identification data is recorded, the maximum scanning width (the maximum inversion interval Tmax) becomes 1 1 or more, thus violating the modulation rule. When recording the identification data added to the disc, the recording position of the identification data is determined by the data before and after the symbol of the recording data. The recording position is uncertain and may be a ridge or a groove. Since the groove is formed by a concave portion, the reflectance is small. Even if a light beam is irradiated in the area where the groove is formed to dissolve the reflective film, the recording / reproducing device cannot detect the recorded data. An optical disc used as a recording medium for content data such as music is 〇〇〇—ROM. The DVD — ROM defines a burst cutting area (BCA; Burst Cutting Area). In this area, identification data for identifying master data and other master data can be recorded as annotation information. Description of the Invention Continued 1244069 (3) B C A is provided in a different area from the area where the master data such as content data is recorded. The disc provided with B C A can be reproduced only by a dedicated recording / reproducing device or reproduction unit. Such identification information is recorded on each disc, and even to avoid deterioration of the production efficiency, a data that can be recorded within a specific time, such as about a few seconds, is still required. In addition, the recording speed of the recording device is accelerated, and the amount of identification data can be increased when the amount of data recorded per unit time is increased. Therefore, when providing a disc, it is sometimes necessary to set a recording capacity in a region such as a recordable tribute that is larger than the actual amount of recorded data. At this time, it is necessary to record the seniors who identify poor materials and so on. DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION The object of the present invention is to provide a recording method, recording device, and recording device that can be used as annotated data in a region where data has been recorded while maintaining interchangeability with an existing format. The data reproduction method and generating device further provide a recording medium on which the identification data is recorded. Another object of the present invention is to provide a recording method and recording device for data that can be recorded in a manner that does not violate the modulation rules of the master data recorded in the recording medium even after the identification data for the master data such as the identification content has been recorded. The method and device for reproducing data and data further mention a recording medium on which the poor material is recorded. Another object of the present invention is to provide a recording method, a recording method, and a data regeneration method and generating device that can easily expand the amount of data that can be added to the recording body, such as the identification of corrupted materials, and further provide a recording device. New materials and materials of the same material are recorded in the supplier's supply media. 1244069 (4) Description of the invention. The method of recording the data proposed to achieve the above-mentioned purpose is to record in advance a recording medium in which an M-bit lean material is modulated into an N (M <N) -bit lean material in order to make the N bit Some bits of the data change, and some other bits of the N-bit data are fixed to further record the data. At this time, the N-bit data includes the connection bits. In the recording medium used in the recording method of the present invention, N-bit data is recorded in advance as a concave-convex pattern including a ridge portion between a groove portion and a groove portion. When recording data, the ridge portion becomes a groove portion or the groove portion becomes a ridge portion. Method, selecting a connection bit located between the changed N-bit data of some bits and the N-bit data connected to the N-bit data. The recording device of the present invention includes: an optical head that scans a recording medium, and the recording medium is pre-recorded with data modulated from M bit data to N (M &lt; N) bit data as a ridge including groove portions and groove portions. The bump pattern of the control unit; the control unit controls whether to record the identification data based on the data read from the optical head; and the signal processing unit performs the signal processing for recording in the identification signal and supplies the output data to the optical head By using an optical head in the recording medium, the identification data is recorded in such a manner that certain bits of the N-bit data are changed, and the remaining bits of the N-bit data are fixed. The reproduction method of the recording medium of the present invention records data in which M bit data is modulated into N (M &lt; N) bit data in advance, so that certain bits of the N bit data are changed, and the N bit is changed. Some other bits of the data are fixed in a way that further records the data. The recording medium reads the data, extracts the rest of the N-bit data from the read data, and judges the rest of the extracted N-bit data. 1244069 (5) Description of the invention Whether the continuation part is a fixed value, and it is judged that the rest of the extracted N-bit data is a fixed value.

本發明之其他記錄媒體之再生方法自預先記錄有將Μ 位元資料調制成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使Ν位元資 料之某些位元改變,使Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之 方式進一步記錄資料之記錄媒體讀取資料,抽出所讀取資 料中Ν位元資料的其餘部分,判別所抽出之Ν位元資料之 其餘部分是否為固定值,判別所抽出之Ν位元資料之其餘 部分為固定值時,進一步再生所記錄之資料。 本發明之另外記錄媒體之再生方法自預先記錄有將Μ 位元資料調制成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使Ν位元資 料之某些位元改變,使Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之 方式進一步記錄資料之記錄媒體讀取資料,檢測所讀取之 Ν位元資料之某些位元是否為特定值,某些位元並非特定 值時,進一步再生所記錄之資料。In the reproduction method of the other recording medium of the present invention, data in which M bit data is modulated into N (M &lt; N) bit data is recorded in advance so that some bits of the N bit data are changed to make the N bit Some other bits of the metadata are fixed in a way that further records the data. The recording medium reads the data, extracts the rest of the N-bit data from the read data, and determines whether the rest of the extracted N-bit data is a fixed value. When the remaining part of the extracted N-bit data is determined to be a fixed value, the recorded data is further reproduced. In the method for reproducing another recording medium of the present invention, information in which M bit data is modulated into N (M &lt; NR) bit data is recorded in advance so that some bits of the N bit data are changed to make the N bit The other bits of the meta data are fixed in a way that further records the data on the recording medium to read the data and detect whether certain bits of the read N bit data are specific values, and when some bits are not specific values, further Regenerate recorded data.

本發明之記錄媒體之再生裝置具備:光學頭部,其係自 預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資 料,以使Ν位元資料之某些位元改變,使Ν位元資料之其 餘某些位元固定之方式進一步記錄資料之記錄媒體讀取 資料;解調部,其係解調藉由光學頭部所讀取之資料;及 控制部,其係自藉由光學頭部自記錄媒體讀取之資料中抽 出Ν位元資料的其餘部分,判別所抽出之Ν位元資料之其 餘部分是否為固定值,判別所抽出之Ν位元資料之其餘部 分為固定值時,將進一步記錄之資料供給至解調部。 -11 - 1244069 |_ (6) I發明說明續頁 應用本發明之記錄媒體預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制 成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使Ν位元資料之某些位元 改變,使上述Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之方式進一 步記錄貢料。The reproduction device of the recording medium of the present invention is provided with an optical head, which is obtained by pre-recording data that modulates M bit data into N (M &lt; N) bit data so that some of the N bit data The bit is changed so that some other bits of the N-bit data are fixed in a way that further records the data to read the data from the recording medium; the demodulation section, which demodulates the data read by the optical head; and the control section , It extracts the rest of the N-bit data from the data read from the recording medium by the optical head, determines whether the rest of the extracted N-bit data is a fixed value, and determines the extracted N-bit data When the rest is a fixed value, further recorded data is supplied to the demodulation section. -11-1244069 | _ (6) I Description of the invention Continuation page The recording medium to which the present invention is applied is pre-recorded with data that modulates M bit data to N (M &lt; Ν) bit data so that the N bit data Some bits are changed, so that the remaining bits of the above N bit data are fixed to further record the tribute.

應用本發明之記錄媒體内預先記錄有Ν位元資料,作為 包含溝部與溝部間之脊部的凹凸圖案,以自脊部變成溝部 ,或自溝部變成脊部之方式,選擇位於某些位元經過改變 之Ν位元資料與接續於Ν位元資料之Ν位元資料間之連接 位元。 本發明之另外目的及藉由本發明獲得之具體利益,從以 下參照圖式說明之實施形態的說明中應可進一步暸解。 圖式之簡單說明 圖1係應用本發明之光碟之信號格式的說明圖。 圖2係子編碼幀格式的說明圖。 圖3係子編碼幀格式的詳細說明圖。In the recording medium to which the present invention is applied, N bit data is recorded in advance, and as a concave-convex pattern including a ridge portion between a groove portion and a ridge portion, it is selected to be located in certain bits in such a manner that the ridge portion becomes a groove portion or the groove portion becomes a ridge portion. The connected bit between the changed N-bit data and the N-bit data that follows the N-bit data. The other objects of the present invention and the specific benefits obtained by the present invention will be further understood from the following description of the embodiments described with reference to the drawings. Brief Description of the Drawings Fig. 1 is an explanatory diagram of a signal format of an optical disc to which the present invention is applied. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram of a sub-coded frame format. FIG. 3 is a detailed explanatory diagram of a sub-coded frame format.

圖4係子碼Q通道之格式的說明圖。 圖5係光碟之製程的說明圖。 圖6係顯示製造翻印模之切割裝置的區塊圖。 圖7係EFM轉換表的說明圖。 圖8係繼續圖6所示之EMF轉換表的說明圖。 圖9 Α〜圖9D係記錄識別資料區域之子碼的說明圖。 圖1 0係說明識別資料之記錄裝置的區塊圖。 圖1 1係說明於資料記錄裝置中記錄識別資料至光碟内 之動作的流程圖。 -12- 1244069 _ (7) I發明說明續頁 圖12係將0X4 7h變成0X0 7h之識別資料之記錄例的說明 圖。 圖1 3係顯示再生應用本發明之光碟的資料再生裝置區 塊圖。 圖1 4係說明錯誤檢查方法的流程圖。 圖1 5係說明使用Q通道之子碼之再生控制方法的流程 圖FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram of a format of a subcode Q channel. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram of a manufacturing process of the optical disc. Fig. 6 is a block diagram showing a cutting device for manufacturing a reprint die. FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram of an EFM conversion table. FIG. 8 is an explanatory diagram continuing the EMF conversion table shown in FIG. 6. FIG. 9A to FIG. 9D are explanatory diagrams of the subcodes of the recording identification data area. FIG. 10 is a block diagram illustrating a recording device for identification data. FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating an operation of recording identification data in a data recording device onto a disc. -12- 1244069 _ (7) I Description of Invention Continued Figure 12 is an explanatory diagram of a record example of identification data in which 0X4 7h is changed to 0X0 7h. Fig. 13 is a block diagram showing a data reproduction device for reproducing an optical disc to which the present invention is applied. Fig. 14 is a flowchart illustrating an error checking method. Fig. 15 is a flowchart illustrating a reproduction control method using a subcode of a Q channel

圖1 6係說明使用R〜W通道之子碼之再生控制方法的流 程圖。 圖1 7係說明使用R〜W通道之子碼之再生控制方法其他 例的流程圖。 圖1 8係記錄於應用本發明之光碟之子碼Q通道的格式 說明圖。 圖19係索引内容的說明圖。 圖2 0係顯示製造翻印模之切割裝置其他例的區塊圖。FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating a reproduction control method using subcodes of R to W channels. Fig. 17 is a flowchart illustrating another example of a reproduction control method using subcodes of the R to W channels. FIG. 18 is an explanatory diagram of the format of the sub-code Q channel recorded on the optical disc to which the present invention is applied. FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram of index contents. FIG. 20 is a block diagram showing another example of a cutting device for manufacturing a reprint die.

圖2 1係說明子碼之產生程序的流程圖。 圖2 2係顯不識別貧料之記錄裝置其他例的區塊圖。 圖2 3係說明資料記錄裝置之識別資料記錄動作的流程 圖。 圖24係將0X47h變成0X07h之識別資料之記錄例的說明 圖。 圖2 5係說明加註識別資料之程序的流程圖。 圖2 6係顯示再生應用本發明之光碟之資料再生裝置其 他例的區塊圖。 -13- 1244069 ⑻ 發明說明續頁 圖2 7係說明資料再生裝置之再生動作的流程圖。 圖2 8係顯示製造翻印模之切割裝置另外例的區塊圖。 圖2 9係說明連接位元之選擇程序的流程圖。 圖3 0係顯示識別資料之記錄裝置另外例之區塊圖。 圖3 1係說明於資料記錄裝置中將識別資料記錄於光碟 内之動作的流程圖。 圖3 2係將〇 X 4 7 h變成〇 X 〇 7 h之識別資料之記錄例的說明 圖。 圖3 3係顯示再生應用本發明之光碟用之資料再生裝置 另外例的區塊圖。 圖3 4係5兒明使用Q通道之子碼之再生控制方法的流程 圖0FIG. 21 is a flowchart illustrating a subcode generation process. FIG. 22 is a block diagram showing another example of a recording device that does not recognize lean materials. Fig. 23 is a flowchart illustrating the operation of recording the identification data of the data recording device. Fig. 24 is an explanatory diagram of a recording example of identification data obtained by changing 0X47h to 0X07h. Figure 25 is a flowchart illustrating the procedure for adding identification data. Fig. 26 is a block diagram showing another example of a data reproduction apparatus for reproducing an optical disc to which the present invention is applied. -13- 1244069 说明 Description of the Invention Continued Figure 2 7 is a flowchart illustrating the reproduction operation of the data reproduction device. Fig. 28 is a block diagram showing another example of a cutting device for manufacturing a reprint die. FIG. 29 is a flowchart illustrating a selection procedure of the connected bits. FIG. 30 is a block diagram showing another example of a recording device for identification data. FIG. 31 is a flowchart illustrating an operation of recording identification data on a disc in a data recording device. Fig. 32 is an explanatory diagram of a recording example of identification data obtained by changing 〇 4 7 h to 〇 7 〇 7 h. Fig. 3 is a block diagram showing another example of a data reproducing apparatus for reproducing an optical disc to which the present invention is applied. Fig. 3 4-5 The flow of the regeneration control method using the sub-code of the Q channel Fig. 0

圖3 5係顯示製造翻印模 圖36係以EFM轉換表之 識別資料之記錄區域之子 圖0 之切割裝置另外例的區塊圖。 十進位法將第64個之0X4 Oh用於 螞時連接位元的選擇方法說明 圖識別 圖0 3 7係以E F Μ轉換表 一 η 、、义十進位法將第68個之0X44h用於 貧料之記錄區域之 千螞時連接位元的選擇方法說明Figure 3 5 shows the manufacturing of a reprinted mold. Figure 36 is a block diagram of another example of the cutting device of the identification data in the EFM conversion table. The decimal method uses the 64th of 0X4 Oh for the selection of the connection bits of the time. Explanation of the diagram identification chart 0 3 7 uses the EF Μ conversion table 1 η, the decimal method of the 68th 0X44h for Description of the selection method of the connection bits in the data recording area

圖3 8係以EFM轉換 識別資料之記錄區域 圖0 I ^十進位法將第71個之0X47h用於 &lt; +螞時連接位元的選擇方法說明 圖3 9係顯示識別資料之 圖4〇係說明於資料記綠 %錄裝置另外例的區塊圖。 裝置中將識別資料記錄於光碟 、14- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (9) 内之動作的流程圖。 圖4 1係將0X4 7h變成0X0 7h之識另資料之記錄例的說明 圖。 圖4 2係顯示再生應用本發明之光碟用之資料再生裝置 另外例的區塊圖。 圖4 3係說明使用Q通道之子碼之再生控制方法的流程 圖Figure 3 8 shows the recording area of the identification data converted by EFM. 0 I ^ Decimal method using the 71st 0X47h for the selection method of + + time connection bit Figure 3 9 shows the identification data Figure 4 It is a block diagram illustrating another example of the data recording device. The device records the identification data on the optical disc, 14-1244069 Invention Flowchart of the operation on the next page (9). Fig. 41 is an explanatory diagram of an example of a record in which 0X4 7h is changed to 0X0 7h. Fig. 42 is a block diagram showing another example of a data reproducing apparatus for reproducing an optical disc to which the present invention is applied. Figure 4 3 is a flowchart illustrating a reproduction control method using a subcode of the Q channel

圖44係說明使用R〜W通道之子碼之再生控制方法的流 程圖。 實施發明之最佳形態 以下,參照圖式說明應用本發明之光碟,對該光碟記錄 資料之資料記錄裝置及方法,與再生記錄於該光碟内之資 料之資料再生裝置及方法的第一種實施形態。Fig. 44 is a flowchart illustrating a reproduction control method using subcodes of R to W channels. Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention Hereinafter, the first implementation of a data recording apparatus and method for recording data on the optical disc and a data reproduction apparatus and method for reproducing data recorded in the optical disc will be described with reference to the drawings. form.

應用本發明之光碟於内周側設有記錄内容表(TOC ; Table of Contents)資料等的讀入區域,其外周側設有記錄 内容資料等記錄資料的資料記錄區域,其外周側設有讀出 區域。該光碟内以C D相同之記錄格式,亦即經8 — 1 4調制 (EFM調制:Eight to Fourteen Modulation)之資料以圖 1所 示之記錄格式記錄。亦即,如圖1所示,各幀如以可將3 2 個符號一併加以處理之方式,於幀之最前設有2 4位元的同 步信號(11T,11ΊΓ(’表示反轉),2T之圖案或其相反圖案) ,其次,設有1個符號(1 4位元)之子編碼,其次,設有包 含3 2個符號之資料與同位,整體以5 8 8個通道位元構成。 各符號之間插入〔〇〇〇〕、〔 100〕、〔 010〕、〔 〇〇1〕之任何一 -15- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (10) 個3位元作為結合位元。The optical disc to which the present invention is applied is provided with a reading area for recording contents of table of content (TOC; Table of Contents) on the inner periphery side, a recording area for recording contents such as content data and the like on the outer periphery side, and a reading area on the outer periphery side Out area. The disc is recorded in the same recording format as CD, that is, the data of 8-14 modulation (EFM: Eight to Fourteen Modulation) is recorded in the recording format shown in FIG. That is, as shown in FIG. 1, each frame is processed in such a way that 32 symbols can be processed together, and a 24-bit synchronization signal (11T, 11ΊΓ ('stands for inversion) is provided at the front of the frame. 2T pattern or its opposite pattern), secondly, a sub-code of 1 symbol (14 bits) is provided, and secondly, data and parity including 32 symbols are provided, and the whole is composed of 588 channel bits. Insert any one of [00〇], [100], [010], [001] between each symbol -15-1244069 Description of the Invention Continued (10) 3 bits are used as binding bits.

子編碼於各幀内記錄有1個以8位元構成之1個符號。該 子編碼内除位址資訊等之外,還記錄有識別各個光碟用的 識別資料等。構成子編碼之8位元資料區分成P,Q,R,S ,T,U,V,W的通道。如圖2所示,子編碼以9 8幀構成1 個區塊,該區塊最前收納有識別該區塊之最前用的同步信 號SO,S1。同步信號S〇,Si内使用有不用於EFM轉換表的 圖案。亦即,如圖3所示,子編碼係以除去2位元組之同步 信號的96位元組構成1個區塊。子碼之P〜W之各通道的區 塊以P1〜W1至P96〜W96,亦即以96位元(包含同步信號為 9 8位元)構成。 子碼之P通道如用作顯示樂曲與樂曲間之啟動旗標,Q 通道記錄有位址資訊、識別資料等。此外,R〜W通道作為 用戶位元,並合併6個使用於圖形、錯誤檢查等。In the sub-coding, one symbol composed of 8 bits is recorded in each frame. In addition to the address information and the like, the subcode also stores identification data for identifying each disc. The 8-bit data constituting the sub-code is divided into P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W channels. As shown in Fig. 2, the sub-coding consists of 98 frames, and the first block contains the synchronization signal SO, S1, which is used to identify the front of the block. A pattern not used in the EFM conversion table is used in the synchronization signals S0 and Si. That is, as shown in Fig. 3, the sub-coding is composed of 96 bytes in which 2-byte synchronization signals are removed, and one block is formed. The blocks of each channel of P to W of the subcode are composed of P1 to W1 to P96 to W96, that is, 96 bits (including 98 bits including the synchronization signal). If the P channel of the subcode is used as a start flag for displaying the music and the music, the Q channel records address information and identification data. In addition, R ~ W channels are used as user bits, and 6 channels are combined for graphics and error checking.

以下,參照圖4說明記錄識別資料之Q通道的幀構造, 該Q通道之幀全部為98位元,自最前起依序具備:形成2 位元之同步信號之SO,S1 ; 4位元之CTL ;識別識別資料 之記錄再生模式用之4位元的ADR;形成8位元之識別資料 之索引的UDI index ;形成收納有5 6位元之識別資料之酬 載的UDIpayload;形成8位元之位址資訊的AFRAME;及 形成1 6位元之錯誤訂正碼的循環冗餘碼(C R C ; c y c 1 i c Redundancy Code) 〇此夕卜,自UDI index之下階4位元起至 CRC之84位元形成記錄區域。 8位元之UDI index内記錄有光碟可記錄識別資料時間 -16- 1244069 (η) 發明說明續頁 及記錄完成時間。UDI payload内記錄有:作為光碟1之識 別資料之光碟1銷售廠商之記錄公司的記錄公司ID、識別 光碟1用之記錄編號、識別光碟1之生產國用的國家編號、 識別光碟1之製造工廠用的製造廠ID、識別製造光碟1之 製造裝置用的製造裝置ID、光碟1之序號、及檢測資料能 否刪改用的修改檢測碼(M D C ; Μ 〇 d i f i c a t i ο n D e t e c t i ο η C o d e)等檢測石馬等°Hereinafter, the frame structure of the Q channel for recording identification data will be described with reference to FIG. 4. The frames of the Q channel are all 98 bits, and are sequentially provided from the beginning: SO, S1 forming a 2-bit synchronization signal; 4 bits CTL; 4-bit ADR for recording and reproduction mode of identification data; UDI index forming an index of 8-bit identification data; UDI payload forming a payload containing 56-bit identification data; forming 8-bit AFRAME of the address information; and a cyclic redundancy code (CRC; cyc 1 ic Redundancy Code) that forms a 16-bit error correction code. Now, from the lower 4 bits of the UDI index to 84 of the CRC The bits form a recording area. The 8-bit UDI index records the disc recordable identification time. -16-1244069 (η) Description of the invention Continuation page and recording completion time. The UDI payload records: the recording company ID of the recording company of the disc 1 sales company as the identification information of the disc 1, the record number used to identify the disc 1, the country number used to identify the production country of the disc 1, and the manufacturing factory of the disc 1 The manufacturer ID used, the manufacturing device ID used to identify the manufacturing device for manufacturing the optical disc 1, the serial number of the optical disc 1, and the modification detection code (MDC; Μ 〇dificati ο n D etecti ο η C ode) for detecting whether the data can be deleted. Waiting for detection

自U DI i n d e x下階4位元起至C R C之區塊,於光碟識別資 料記錄前,如全部記錄有〔1〕作為初始值。該區域藉由 於記錄位置之反射膜上熱記錄資料,虛擬形成不反射光束 之凹部的溝,藉此反轉成〔0〕,藉由虛擬所形成之溝與脊 圖案來記錄光碟的識別資料,詳細内容如後述。記錄區域 以外的區域與ROM型光碟同樣地,藉由凹部之溝與脊圖 案記錄内容資料等特定資料。另外,記錄區域至少為酬載 與錯誤訂正碼之區域即可,該幀亦可作為如可記錄全部之 區域,以全部初始值為脊之方式,預先記錄〔1〕。 R〜W通道之記錄識別資料的區域形成固定值,並於識別 資料之記錄前後形成相同值。亦即,記錄識別資料之區域 ,作為子碼比較識別資料記錄前之調制前8位元系列之資 料位元與識別資料記錄後之解調8位元系列之通道位元時 ,至少記錄有第3位元以後之R〜W通道之值相同者。 此種光碟基本上係再生專用的記錄媒體,内容資料等記 錄資料係藉由凹凸的溝圖案記錄。光碟於上述之特定子碼 的記錄區域内加註識別各個光碟用的識別資料,作為加註 -17- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (12) 資訊。From the lower 4 bits of U DI i n d e x to C R C, before the disc identification data is recorded, if [1] is all recorded as the initial value. In this area, due to the thermal recording data on the reflective film at the recording position, grooves that do not reflect the concave portion of the light beam are virtually formed, thereby inverting to [0], and the identification data of the optical disc are recorded by the groove and ridge patterns formed virtually, The details are described later. The areas other than the recording area are the same as those of the ROM type disc, and specific data such as content data is recorded by grooves and ridge patterns in the recesses. In addition, the recording area should be at least the area of the payload and the error correction code. This frame can also be used as the area where all the records can be recorded, and all the initial values are recorded in advance [1]. The area where the identification data is recorded in the R ~ W channel forms a fixed value, and the same value is formed before and after the identification data is recorded. That is, the area where the identification data is recorded is used as a subcode to compare the data bits of the first 8-bit series before the identification data record with the demodulated 8-bit series of channel bits after the identification data record. The value of R ~ W channel after 3 bits is the same. This type of optical disc is basically a recording medium dedicated to reproduction, and recorded data such as content data is recorded by a groove pattern. The disc is marked with identification data for identifying each disc in the recording area of the specific subcode mentioned above as a note -17-1244069 Description of Invention Continued (12) Information.

以下說明上述光碟的製造方法。製造該光碟時,如圖5 所示,於光阻塗敷步驟1 1中,於玻璃原盤上塗敷光阻,其 次於切割步驟1 2中,雷射切割因應須記錄之資料的凹凸溝 圖案來製作原盤。其次,溝圖案被雷射切割之原盤於顯像 、固著步驟1 3中,進行顯像處理及固著處理。而後,於金 屬原盤製作步驟1 4中,於表面實施電鍍,製作母盤之金屬 原盤。其次,於翻印模製作步驟1 5中,依據金屬原盤製造 翻印模。於基板形成步驟1 6中,將翻印模設置於成型模具 内,藉由射出成型機,以聚碳酸酯及丙烯酸等透明樹脂製 作光碟基板。以該步驟所製作之光碟基板上轉印以切割步 驟1 2形成於原盤上的溝圖案。其次,於反射膜形成步驟1 7 中,於光碟基板之形成有溝圖案之面上,藉由濺射等形成 反射膜。應用本發明之光碟係利用該反射膜加註識別資 料。 用於光碟之反射膜為求記錄識別資料,須由可記錄資料 之材料形成。反射膜具有與用於CD及DVD之反射膜同等 級之反射率或可以先前使用之光學頭讀取之反射率,並以 藉由使用光束之熱記錄讀取用之光束反射率改變的材料 形成。亦即,反射膜係藉由具有在對藉由熱記錄讀取用之 光束之反射率約為0 · 5 %以上,1 0 %以下範圍内改變之特性 的金屬膜所形成。具體而言,係藉由於紹内混入微量之錯 的鋁合金形成。於保護膜塗敷步驟1 8中,則係藉由自旋式 塗敷在反射膜上塗敷紫外線硬化型樹脂,藉由照射紫外線 -18- 1244069The method for manufacturing the above-mentioned optical disc will be described below. When manufacturing the optical disc, as shown in FIG. 5, in the photoresist coating step 11, a photoresist is coated on the glass original disc, followed by the cutting step 12, the laser cutting is performed according to the groove pattern of the data to be recorded Make the original. Next, the laser-cut original disc with the groove pattern is developed and fixed in the developing and fixing step 13. Then, in the metal master disc manufacturing step 14, electroplating is performed on the surface to produce a master metal master disc. Next, in step 15 of making a reprint mold, a reprint mold is manufactured based on a metal master. In the substrate forming step 16, a reprint mold is set in a molding mold, and an optical disk substrate is made of a transparent resin such as polycarbonate and acrylic by an injection molding machine. The groove pattern formed on the original disc is transferred on the disc substrate produced in this step to be cut in step 12. Next, in step 17 of forming a reflective film, a reflective film is formed on the surface of the disc substrate on which the groove pattern is formed by sputtering or the like. The optical disc to which the present invention is applied uses the reflective film to fill identification data. In order to record identification data, the reflective film used for optical discs must be formed of materials that can record data. The reflective film has the same level of reflectance as the reflective film used for CDs and DVDs, or a reflectance that can be read by an optical head previously used, and is formed of a material whose reflectance is changed by thermal recording using a light beam . That is, the reflective film is formed of a metal film having a characteristic that the reflectance of the light beam used for reading by thermal recording is about 0.5% or more and 10% or less. Specifically, it is formed by mixing a small amount of an aluminum alloy with a miscellaneous content. In the protective film coating step 18, a UV curable resin is applied to the reflective film by spin coating, and ultraviolet rays are applied -18-1244069.

發明說明續頁 而硬化以形成保護 護膜之面侧照射光 資料記錄步驟丨9中 別資料。 膜。如此形成之光碟係藉由自形成有保 束進行資料的記錄再生。而後,於識別 ’藉由溶解反射膜虛擬形成溝來記錄識 以下,說明於切割步驟12中,雷射切割因應須記錄之資 料的凹凸溝圖案來製作原盤之切割裝置2 1 ’該切割裝置2 1 如圖6所示,如1供· α 一備·須記錄之抽樣資料係經由輸入端子DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Continued on the side of the sheet which is hardened to form a protective film, is exposed to light. membrane. The optical disc thus formed is subjected to recording and reproduction of data by a self-formed guarantee. Then, the following is described in "Identification by virtually forming grooves by dissolving the reflective film." In the cutting step 12, the laser cutting device 2 1 according to the concave-convex groove pattern of the data to be recorded is used to make the original disk cutting device 2 1 'The cutting device 2 1 As shown in Figure 6, if 1 is provided, α is prepared, and the sampling data to be recorded is through the input terminal

22a&gt;而輸+入之A/D轉換器22 ;對自該轉換器η輸出之數 ^ 、也錯°吳° 丁正編碼處理之錯誤訂正編碼電路2 3 ;調 制編碼輸出之調制電路24 ;產生子碼之子碼產生器25 ;及 將自凋制電路24之輸出與自子碼產生器25之資料相加,而 產生記錄資料的資料產生器26。此外,切割裝置2 1具備: 氮田射、氣一録雷射等氣體雷射等雷射源2 7 ;使用波克爾 斤放應之光笔 δ周制态(ΕΟΜ; Electorical Optical Modulator) 及使用起音波之聲光調制器(A〇m ; Acoustic-Optical Modulator)等,依據資料產生器26之資料調制雷射光之光 调制器2 8 ;反射經調制之雷射光的反射鏡2 9 ;移動反射鏡 29之移動機構30;將雷射光聚光並照射於玻璃原盤35上之 對物透鏡3 1 ;旋轉玻璃原盤3 5之馬達3 2 ;及將對物透鏡3 1 在對物透鏡3 1光軸方向之聚焦方向上驅動變位之對物透 鏡驅動機構3 3。 錯誤訂正編碼電路2 3如使用將類比之數位内容予以交 又隔行掃描簧片所羅門編碼(Cross Interleave Reed-solomon Code ; CIRC)的十進制,實施於抽樣内組 -19- (14) !244〇69 發明成明續頁 fT - y 南行掃描與4次之簧片所羅門碼的編碼,並 調制電路μ。 έ周制雷效q j t 路2 4如依據E F Μ之十進制對錯.誤訂正編碼電路 2 3 έέ. THE χ 、、㉚出貫施调制處理’並輸出至資料產生器2 6。呈 體而t &amp; ,、 σ ’调制電路24依據圖7及圖8所示之EFM轉換表,最 小掃福f # ^ 、又(最小反轉間隔T ni i η )為2,使最大掃描寬度 (最大反链pq 、 得間隔Tmax)為10,將8位元之系列轉換成14位元 的圮錄碼系列。 #子码產生器25因應記錄之資料產生位址資訊等子碼,並 寿皆 yj· j Π :/、EFM調制,將8位元系列之資料位元轉換成14位 疋之記錄碼系列。子碼產生器2 5,作為記錄識別資料之區 域的子碼’產生特定之顯示於圖7及圖8之EFM轉換表中之 8位元糸列的資料位元,並轉換成1 4位元的記錄碼系列。 具體而言,子碼產生器2 5,作為記錄識別資料之區域的子 碼’於調制後之1 4位元之記錄碼系列内記錄識別資料後予 以解調時,自8位元系列之資料位元的上階起第二位元, 亦即子碼之Q通道自〔1〕轉換成〔0〕,並且自上階第三 位元至最後位元,亦即至子碼之R〜W通道產生相同的資料 位元。該資料於E F Μ調制後之1 4位元的圖案中,藉由在溝 間之脊上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,新形成 之溝長係選擇滿足E F Μ調制之調制規則,亦即滿足最大反 轉間隔Tmax為10,最小反轉間隔Tmin為2之條件者。 如圖9 A所示,子碼產生器2 5以E F Μ轉換表之十進制 選擇第6 4個之0 X 4 0 h〔 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0〕作為記錄識別資料 1244069 發明§兒明續頁 (15)22a> and input + input A / D converter 22; the number ^ output from the converter ^, also wrong ° Wu ° Ding encoding processing error correction coding circuit 2 3; modulation coding output modulation circuit 24; A sub-code generator 25 that generates sub-codes; and a data generator 26 that adds the output of the self-withdrawing circuit 24 and the data from the sub-code generator 25 to generate recorded data. In addition, the cutting device 21 is provided with: laser sources 2 7 such as nitrogen field gas and gas recording lasers; using a light pen δ cycle system (EOM; Electorical Optical Modulator); Acoustic-Optical Modulator (Aom; Acoustic-Optical Modulator), etc., modulates laser light 2 8 according to the data of data generator 26; reflector 2 9 that reflects the modulated laser light; moving mirror 29 moving mechanism 30 of 29; the objective lens 3 1 that condenses the laser light and irradiates it on the glass original plate 35; the motor 3 2 that rotates the glass original plate 35; and sets the objective lens 3 1 on the objective lens 31 1 optical axis The objective lens driving mechanism 33, which is driven and displaced in the focusing direction, is shifted. The error correction coding circuit 2 3 uses the decimal of the interleaved reed-solomon code (CIRC) that interleaves the digital content of the analog, and is implemented in the sample group-19- (14)! 244〇69 Invented the continuation fT-y southbound scanning and 4 times reed Solomon code encoding, and the modulation circuit μ. Lightning effect q j t Road 2 4 If it is based on the decimal right or wrong of E F Μ. Correct the coding circuit 2 3 έ. THE χ,, ㉚ 贯 贯 调制 Modulation processing ’and output to the data generator 26. And t &amp;, σ 'modulation circuit 24 according to the EFM conversion table shown in Figs. 7 and 8, the minimum sweep f # ^, and (the minimum inversion interval T ni i η) is 2, so that the maximum scan The width (maximum anti-chain pq, interval Tmax) is 10, and an 8-bit series is converted into a 14-bit recording code series. #Subcode generator 25 generates subcodes such as address information according to the recorded data, and it is yj · j Π: /, EFM modulation, which converts 8-bit series data bits into 14-bit 疋 record code series. The subcode generator 25, which is a subcode 'area for recording identification data, generates specific data bits shown in the 8-bit queue in the EFM conversion table of FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 and converts them into 14 bits. Series of record codes. Specifically, the subcode generator 25, as the subcode of the area where the identification data is recorded, is demodulated after recording the identification data in the modulated 14-bit recording code series after demodulating the data from the 8-bit series. The second bit from the upper order of bits, that is, the Q channel of the subcode is converted from [1] to [0], and from the third bit of the upper order to the last bit, that is, R ~ W of the subcode The channels produce the same data bits. The data is in a 14-bit pattern after EF MM modulation, and the reflective film is dissolved by irradiating the beam on the ridges between the grooves. When a groove is virtually formed, the newly formed groove length is selected to satisfy the modulation rule of EF Μ modulation That is, the condition that the maximum inversion interval Tmax is 10 and the minimum inversion interval Tmin is 2 is satisfied. As shown in FIG. 9A, the sub-code generator 25 selects the 64th 0x4 0h [0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0] as the record identification data in the decimal format of the EF M conversion table. 1244069 Invention § 儿 明Continued (15)

之區域的子碼。係因0 X 4 0 h於E F Μ調制時變成1 4位元的 〔 01001000100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第三個脊L 上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,變成1 4位元的 〔 01001000100000〕,解調時,除上階第二位元之Q通道 外,變成相同圖案之第0個之0X00h〔 00000000〕。The subcode of the region. Because 0 X 4 0 h becomes 0-bit [01001000100100] during EF M modulation, the beam is irradiated on the third ridge L of the pattern modulated by NRZI to dissolve the reflective film, and when a groove is virtually formed, it becomes 1 4 [01001000100000] of the bit, when demodulating, except for the Q channel of the upper second bit, it becomes 0X00h [00000000] of the 0th of the same pattern.

此外,如圖9 B所示,子碼產生器2 5以E F Μ轉換表之十 進制選擇第6 5個之0 X 4 1 h〔 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1〕作為記錄識別資 料之區域的子碼。係因0X41 h於EFM調制時變成14位元的 〔10000100100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第二個脊L 上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,變成1 4位元的 〔10000100000000〕,解調時,除上階第二位元之Q通道 外,變成相同圖案之第1個之0X01h〔 00000001〕。 再者,如圖9C所示,子碼產生器25以EFM轉換表之十 進制選擇第68個之0X44h〔 0 1 000 1 00〕作為記錄識別資 料之區域的子碼。係因0X44h於EFM調制時變成1 4位元的In addition, as shown in FIG. 9B, the subcode generator 25 selects the 65th of 0 X 4 1 h [0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1] as the area in which the identification data is recorded in the decimal of the EF M conversion table. Subcode. Because 0X41 h becomes 14-bit [10000100100100] during EFM modulation, the beam is dissolved on the second ridge L of the pattern modulated by NRZI to dissolve the reflective film. When a groove is virtually formed, it becomes 14-bit [10000100000000 ], When demodulating, except for the Q channel of the upper second bit, it becomes 0X01h [00000001] of the first one in the same pattern. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 9C, the subcode generator 25 selects the 68th of 0X44h [0 1 000 1 00] as the subcode of the area in which the identification data is recorded, using the decimal of the EFM conversion table. 0X44h becomes 14 bits during EFM modulation

〔 01000100100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第二個脊L 上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,變成1 4位元的 〔 01000100000000〕,解調時,除上階第二位元之Q通道 外,變成相同圖案之第4個之0X04h〔 00000100〕。 再者,如圖9D所示,子碼產生器25以EFM轉換表之十 進制選擇第71個之0X4 7h〔 0 1 000 1 1 1〕作為記錄識別資料 之區域的子碼。係因0 X 4 7 h於E F Μ調制時變成1 4位元的 〔00100100100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第二個脊L 上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,變成1 4位元的 -21 - 1244069 發明說明續頁 (16) 〔 00100100000000〕,解調時,除上階第二位元之q通道 外,變成相同圖案之第7個之0X07h〔 00000111〕。[01000100100100], the beam is dissolved on the second ridge L of the pattern modulated by NRZI to dissolve the reflective film, and when a groove is virtually formed, it becomes [01000100000000] of 14 bits. During demodulation, the upper second bit is divided. Outside the Q channel, it becomes the fourth 0X04h [00000100] of the same pattern. Further, as shown in FIG. 9D, the subcode generator 25 selects the 71st of 0X4 7h [0 1 000 1 1 1] as the subcode of the area in which the identification data is recorded in decimal of the EFM conversion table. It is [00100100100100] which becomes 14 bits during EF M modulation at 0 X 4 7 h. When the second ridge L of the pattern modulated by NRZI is irradiated with a light beam to dissolve the reflective film, when the groove is virtually formed, it becomes 1 4 Bit -21-1244069 Description of the Invention Continued page (16) [00100100000000], when demodulating, except for the q channel of the second bit of the upper order, it becomes the seventh 0X07h [00000111] of the same pattern.

子碼產生為2 5作為須記錄識別資料之區域的子碼,藉由 生成如上之子碼,將特定之脊反轉成溝’因應須記錄8位 元系列之Q通道的資料,使〔1〕反轉成〔0〕,而可記錄 識別資料,並於識別資料之記錄前後將通道R〜W形成固定 值’即可檢測記錄及/或再生記錄識別資料之區域或I己錄 有識別資料之區域的裝置。The subcode is generated as a subcode of 2 5 as a region in which identification data must be recorded. By generating the subcode as described above, a specific ridge is inverted into a groove. It can be reversed to [0], and the identification data can be recorded, and the channels R ~ W can be formed to a fixed value before and after the identification data is recorded. Zone installation.

如圖6所示,資料產生器2 6自調制電路2 4輸入有經E F Μ 調制之記錄貢料’並且自子碼產生裔2 5輸入有子碼。資料 產生器2 6於記錄碼系列之1 4位元的區塊間插入3位元的連 接位元。具體而言,資料產生器2 6係滿足E F Μ之轉換規則 之最大反轉間隔Tmax=10,最小反轉間隔Tmin = 2,再自 〔0 0 0〕、〔 1 0 0〕、〔 0 1 0〕、〔 0 0 1〕中選擇使數位總值(D S V ;Digital Sum Vale)之絕對值更小,且低頻成分更少的連 接位元,並於記錄碼系列之1 4位元的區塊間插入3位元的 連接位元。資料產生器2 6使記錄碼系列為1 7位元,生成前 述圖1所示之資料,並將該生成之資料輸出至光調制器 28 ° 具備以上構造之切割裝置2 1於須記錄之抽樣資料輸入 至A/D轉換器22時,A/D轉換器22將資料自類比信號轉換 成數位信號,並輸出至錯誤訂正編碼電路2 3,錯誤訂正編 碼電路2 3實施於抽樣内組合交叉隔行掃描與4次之簧片所 羅門碼的編碼,並輸出至調制電路24。調制電路24將資料 -22- (17) 1244069 發明說明續頁 予乂 EFM调制。亦即,調制電路24係依據圖7及圖8所示之 EFM轉換表’以EFM轉換表將須記錄之資料自8位元轉換 成14位元,並輸出至資料產生器26。此外,子碼產生器25 生成因應圮錄之資料之位址資訊等8位元的子碼,將其轉 換成1 4位兀’並輸出至資料產生器2 6。資料產生器2 6自調 制兒路2 4輸入有資料,並且自子碼產生器2 5輸入有子碼等 貝料’將此等資料相加,並於丨4位元之區塊間插入3位元 的連接位元’生成記錄資料,以is RZI調制該記錄資料, 並輪出至光調制器2 8。 另外’雷射源2 7射出雷射光,雷射光射入光調制器2 8 。调制電路24依據自資料產生器%之輸入調制雷射光。亦 即’調制電路24自資料產生器26輸入有〔i〕時,調制雷 射光。被調制電路24調制之雷射光射入反射鏡29。反射鏡 2 9係藉由移動機構3 〇移動,俾能於整個玻璃原盤3 5之内外 周掃描雷射光。而雷射光藉由對物透鏡3丨聚光,並藉由旋 轉驅動部之心軸馬達32照射於以恒線速度(CLV ; constant linear velocity)等旋轉的玻璃原盤35上。此時,對物透鏡 3 1藉由對物透鏡驅動機構33驅動變位於雷射光之光軸方 向’形成聚焦控制。 其次,參照圖1 0說明於識別資料記錄步驟1 9中在使用之 光碟上記錄識別資料的資料記錄裝置。該資料記錄裝置4 〇 具備··旋轉應用本發明之光碟丨的心軸馬達4 1 ;檢測對光 碟1射出光束而反射回之光束的光拾取器42 ;進行光拾取 器4 2之對物透鏡之聚焦伺服控制及追縱伺服控制,並且進 -23- 1244069 ,_ (18) I發明說明續頁 行心軸馬達4 1之旋轉控制的控制部4 3 ;自光拾取器4 2所檢 測之檢測輸出生成RF信號等的RF放大器44 ;自RF信號檢 測同步信號而生成時脈之同步信號檢測部4 5 ;自RF信號 抽出子碼之子碼抽出部4 6 ;將經E F Μ調制之1 4位元的子碼 解調成8位元,而生成Ρ〜W通道之子碼的子碼解調部4 7 ; 及檢測R〜W通道之子碼的檢測部4 8。此外,資料記錄裝置 4 0之記錄光碟1之識別貢料的記錄糸統具備·切換記錄於 光碟1内之識別資料之輸入的切換部4 9 ;調制識別資料之 調制部5 0,將識別貧料記錄於光碟1時進行記錄處理之記 錄處理部5 1 ;及控制光拾取器4 2射出之光束之輸出的輸出 控制部52。 心軸馬達4 1於心軸上一體性安裝有光碟台。光碟台藉由 對準光碟1之中心孔,以促使光碟1之旋轉中心與心軸之旋 轉中心一致的定心狀態夾住。心軸馬達4 1與光碟台一體地 旋轉光碟1。 光拾取器42具備:射出光束之光源的半導體雷射;將自 半導體雷射射出之光束予以聚光之對物透鏡;及檢測被光 碟1之反射膜反射回之光束的光檢測器等。自半導體雷射 射出之光束藉由對物透鏡聚光,並照射於光碟1之信號記 錄面上。此處之半導體雷射係藉由輸出控制部5 2控制雷射 輸出。半導體雷射依據輸出控制部5 2之控制,進行記錄於 光碟1内之資料的再生時,以標準輸出射出光束,記錄識 別資料時,以可溶解反射膜而進行熱記錄之方式,以高於 再生時之高輸出電平射出光束。As shown in FIG. 6, the data generator 26 is input with E F M modulated recording material 'from the self-modulation circuit 24 and the sub-code is generated from the sub-code generator 25. The data generator 26 inserts 3-bit connection bits between 14-bit blocks of the recording code series. Specifically, the data generator 26 meets the maximum inversion interval Tmax = 10 and the minimum inversion interval Tmin = 2 of the conversion rule of EF M, and then from [0 0 0], [1 0 0], [0 1 0], [0 0 1], select the connection bits that make the absolute value of the digital total value (DSV; Digital Sum Vale) smaller, and have less low-frequency components, in the 14-bit block of the recording code series A 3-bit connection bit is inserted in between. The data generator 2 6 sets the recording code series to 17 bits, generates the data shown in Figure 1 above, and outputs the generated data to the optical modulator 28 ° Cutting device 2 with the above structure. When the data is input to the A / D converter 22, the A / D converter 22 converts the data from the analog signal into a digital signal and outputs it to the error correction coding circuit 2 3, which is implemented in the sample to combine interlaced The code of the reciprocating Solomon code is scanned and outputted to the modulation circuit 24. The modulation circuit 24 applies data to -22- (17) 1244069 Description of Invention Continued on EFM modulation. That is, the modulation circuit 24 converts the data to be recorded from 8-bit to 14-bit using an EFM conversion table according to the EFM conversion table 'shown in Figs. 7 and 8, and outputs it to the data generator 26. In addition, the subcode generator 25 generates 8-bit subcodes such as address information corresponding to the recorded data, converts it into 14-bit blocks, and outputs the data to the data generator 26. Data generator 2 6 has self-modulation channels 2 4 input data, and sub-code generator 2 5 inputs sub-codes and other materials' add this data and insert 3 between 4-bit blocks The connected bits of the bits generate recording data, modulate the recording data with is RZI, and rotate to the optical modulator 28. In addition, the laser source 2 7 emits laser light, and the laser light enters the light modulator 2 8. The modulation circuit 24 modulates the laser light according to the input from the data generator%. That is, when [i] is input from the data generator 26 to the 'modulation circuit 24, the laser light is modulated. The laser light modulated by the modulation circuit 24 enters the reflecting mirror 29. The mirror 29 is moved by the moving mechanism 30, so that the laser light can be scanned inside and outside the entire glass original disk 35. The laser light is condensed by the objective lens 3, and is irradiated onto the glass original disk 35 rotating at a constant linear velocity (CLV) by a spindle motor 32 of a rotation driving unit. At this time, the objective lens 31 is driven to be positioned in the optical axis direction of the laser light by the objective lens driving mechanism 33 to form focus control. Next, a data recording device that records identification data on the disc used in the identification data recording step 19 will be described with reference to FIG. This data recording device 4 is equipped with a spindle motor 4 1 for rotating the optical disc 丨 to which the present invention is applied; an optical pickup 42 for detecting a light beam emitted from the optical disc 1 and reflected back; an objective lens for performing the optical pickup 42 Focus servo control and tracking servo control, and advance -23-1244069, _ (18) I Description of the invention Continuation of the control section 4 3 of the rotation control of the spindle motor 4 1; detected by the optical pickup 4 2 RF amplifier 44 that generates RF signals by detecting output; sync signal detection section 4 5 that generates clocks by detecting sync signals from RF signals; sub-code extraction section 4 6 that extracts sub-codes from RF signals; EF-modulated 1 4 The bit code sub-code is demodulated into 8 bits, and a sub code demodulation unit 47 for generating sub codes of the P ~ W channel; and a detection unit 48 for detecting sub codes of the R ~ W channel. In addition, the data recording device 40 for recording the identification data of the disc 1 is provided with a switching unit 4 9 that switches the input of the identification data recorded in the disc 1; the modulation unit 50 that modulates the identification data A recording processing section 5 1 that performs recording processing when the material is recorded on the optical disc 1; and an output control section 52 that controls the output of the light beam emitted from the optical pickup 42. The spindle motor 41 is integrally mounted with a disc table on the spindle. The disc table is clamped by aligning the center hole of the disc 1 so that the rotation center of the disc 1 coincides with the rotation center of the mandrel. The spindle motor 41 rotates the optical disc 1 integrally with the optical disc table. The optical pickup 42 includes a semiconductor laser that is a light source that emits a light beam, an objective lens that focuses the light beam emitted from the semiconductor laser, and a photodetector that detects the light beam reflected by the reflection film of the optical disc 1. The light beam emitted from the semiconductor laser is condensed by the objective lens and irradiates the signal recording surface of the optical disc 1. The semiconductor laser here controls the laser output by the output control unit 52. According to the control of the output control unit 52, the semiconductor laser emits a light beam at a standard output when the data recorded in the optical disc 1 is reproduced. When recording the identification data, a thermal recording method can be used in which the reflective film is dissolved, which is higher than The light beam is emitted at a high output level during reproduction.

•24- (19) 1244069 發明說明續頁 被光碟1之信號記錄面反射回之光束藉由光檢測器轉 成電性信號,光檢測器將該電性信號輸出至RF放大器 。對物透鏡被二軸致動器等對物透鏡驅動機構支撐,於 對物透鏡之光軸平行之聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光軸 交之追蹤方向進行驅動變位。 RF放大器44依據自構成光拾取器42之光檢測器的輸 h唬,生成RF信號、聚焦錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號。 聚焦錯誤信號係藉由像散像差法等生成,追蹤錯誤信號 藉由二束法、推挽法等生成。而RF放大器44係將聚焦 誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號輸出至控制部43。 同步信號檢測部4 5自RF信號檢測圖i所示之幀同步 唬,並且檢測將圖2及圖3所示之子碼予以解碼時的同步 號。同步k號檢測部45自同步信號生成時脈。 控制部43依據自RF放大器44輸入之聚焦錯誤信號及 縱錯疾彳§ 5虎’生成聚焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,並將 等信號輸出至光拾取器42之對物透鏡驅動機構的驅動 路上。藉此,保持於對物透鏡驅動機構之對物透鏡依據 焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,在與對物透鏡之光軸平行 聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光軸直交之追蹤方向上進行 動變位。此外,控制部43之自同步信號生成之時脈以與 晶振盪器之基準時脈之頻率及相位同步之方式生成旋 伺服信號,據此,心軸馬達4 1如以CLV旋轉光碟i。 子碼抽出部46自RF放大器44所輪入之資料抽出幢同 信號之後所設置之14位元的子編碼,並輸出至子碼解調 換 44 與 直 出 如 係 錯 信 信 追 此 電 聚 之 驅 水 轉 步 部 1244069 |_ (20) I發明說明續頁 4 7。子碼解調部4 7依據E F Μ轉換表,將1 4位元之資料轉換 成8位元之資料。子碼解調部4 7以9 8幀構成1區塊,並生成 Ρ,Q,R,S,Τ,U,V,W通道的子碼。亦即,子碼解 調部47生成Ρ1〜W1至Ρ96〜W96,亦即生成96位元的子碼。• 24- (19) 1244069 Description of the invention continued page The light beam reflected by the signal recording surface of disc 1 is converted into an electrical signal by a photodetector, which outputs the electrical signal to an RF amplifier. The objective lens is supported by an objective lens driving mechanism such as a two-axis actuator, and is driven and displaced in a focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and a tracking direction intersecting the optical axis of the objective lens. The RF amplifier 44 generates an RF signal, a focus error signal, and a tracking error signal based on the input of the photodetector constituting the optical pickup 42. The focus error signal is generated by the astigmatic aberration method and the like, and the tracking error signal is generated by the two-beam method and the push-pull method. The RF amplifier 44 outputs a focus error signal and a tracking error signal to the control unit 43. The sync signal detecting section 45 detects the frame sync shown in Fig. I from the RF signal, and detects the sync number when the subcode shown in Figs. 2 and 3 is decoded. The synchronization k-number detecting unit 45 generates a clock from the synchronization signal. The control unit 43 generates a focus servo signal and a tracking servo signal based on the focus error signal and vertical error input from the RF amplifier 44 and outputs the signals to the drive path of the objective lens driving mechanism of the optical pickup 42 . As a result, the objective lens held by the objective lens driving mechanism performs dynamic changes in the focus direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and the tracking direction orthogonal to the optical axis of the objective lens based on the focus servo signal and the tracking servo signal. Bit. In addition, the clock generated from the synchronization signal of the control unit 43 generates a rotary servo signal in synchronization with the frequency and phase of the reference clock of the crystal oscillator. Based on this, the spindle motor 41 rotates the disc i by CLV. The sub-code extraction unit 46 extracts the 14-bit sub-code set after the same signal is extracted from the data rotated by the RF amplifier 44 and outputs it to the sub-code demodulation and conversion 44. Water-repellent step unit 1244069 | _ (20) I Description of the invention continued on page 4 7. The subcode demodulation section 47 converts 14-bit data into 8-bit data in accordance with the EFM conversion table. The subcode demodulation section 47 constitutes 1 block with 98 frames, and generates subcodes of P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W channels. That is, the subcode demodulation section 47 generates P1 to W1 to P96 to W96, that is, generates a 96-bit subcode.

檢測部4 8檢測記錄識別資料之模式,並且檢測子碼R〜W 通道。亦即,檢測部48檢測Q通道之ADR是否為記錄識別 資料的模式。檢測部48檢測子碼之R〜W通道是否為保存於 記憶體内之固定值。亦即,檢測部48檢測圖9A時,R〜W 通道是否為〔〇〇〇〇〇〇〕,圖9B時,R〜W通道是否為〔 000001〕The detecting section 48 detects the pattern of the recording identification data, and detects the subcode R to W channels. That is, the detection section 48 detects whether the ADR of the Q channel is a mode for recording identification data. The detecting section 48 detects whether the R to W channels of the subcode are fixed values stored in the memory. That is, when the detecting unit 48 detects whether the R ~ W channel is [000000] in FIG. 9A or not, in FIG. 9B, whether the R ~ W channel is [000001]

,圖9C時,R〜W通道是否為〔 000100〕,圖9D時,R〜W通 道是否為〔0 0 〇 m〕。檢測部4 8於自子碼解調部4 7輸入之 R〜W通道之資料為固定值時,啟動切換部4 9,並自輸入端 子5 3輸入識別資料至調制部5 0。檢測部4 8於自子碼解調部 4 7輸入之R〜W通道之資料非固定值時,表示並非識別資料 之記錄區域,無法將識別資料記錄於光碟1内,因此關閉 切換部4 9。 調制部5 0以特定之調制方式調制自輸入端子5 3所輸入 之識別資料,並輸出至記錄處理部5 1。記錄處理部5 1進行 記錄於光碟1用的必要記錄處理,並將進行記錄處理之資 料輸出至光拾取器42。 其次,參照圖1 1說明如以上構成之資料記錄裝置4 0之識 別資料的記錄動作。首先,由用戶按下識別資料的記錄鈕 時,資料記錄裝置4 0驅動心軸馬達4 1,並以一定之線速度 旋轉安裝於構成光碟安裝部之光碟台上的光碟1。並且光 -26- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (21) 拾取器4 2照射光束於光碟1上。此時,輸出控制部5 2以標 準的輸出射出光束之方式控制光拾取器的半導體雷射。而 光拾取器4 2在被控制部4 3控制成聚焦及追蹤伺服的狀態 下開始讀取資料。In FIG. 9C, whether the R ~ W channel is [000100], and in FIG. 9D, whether the R ~ W channel is [0 0 0 m]. When the data of the R ~ W channel input from the sub-code demodulation unit 47 is a fixed value, the detection unit 48 activates the switching unit 49 and inputs the identification data from the input terminal 53 to the modulation unit 50. The detection unit 48, when the data of the R ~ W channel input from the subcode demodulation unit 4 7 is not a fixed value, indicates that it is not the recording area of the identification data, and the identification data cannot be recorded in the optical disc 1. Therefore, the switching unit 4 9 is closed . The modulation section 50 modulates the identification data input from the input terminal 53 with a specific modulation method, and outputs it to the recording processing section 51. The recording processing unit 51 performs necessary recording processing for recording on the optical disc 1, and outputs data for performing the recording processing to the optical pickup 42. Next, the recording operation of the identification data of the data recording device 40 configured as described above will be described with reference to FIG. First, when the user presses the recording button for identifying data, the data recording device 40 drives the spindle motor 41 and rotates the optical disc 1 mounted on the optical disc table constituting the optical disc mounting portion at a constant linear speed. And light -26-1244069 Description of the invention continued (21) The pickup 4 2 irradiates the light beam on the optical disc 1. At this time, the output control section 52 controls the semiconductor laser of the optical pickup so as to output the light beam with a standard output. On the other hand, the optical pickup 42 starts reading data in a state where the control unit 43 controls the focus and tracking servo.

於步驟S 1中,資料記錄裝置4 0為將識別資料記錄於特定 區域内,而使光拾取器4 2執道跳越於識別資料之記錄區域 近旁。於步驟S 2中,資料記錄裝置4 0以子碼抽出部4 6抽 出識別資料之記錄區域近旁的子碼,並以子碼解調部4 7 解調。而檢測部4 8抽出子碼之R〜W通道,進行該資料的檢 查。於步驟S 3中,檢測部4 8判斷自光碟1讀取之R〜W通道 的子碼是否為特定之固定值。資料記錄裝置4 0於自光碟1 讀取之R〜W通道的子碼與保存於記憶體等内之固定值一 致時,進入步驟S 4,不一致時進入步驟S 6。此因,光碟1 内識別資料尚未被記錄於圖4所示之子碼之Q通道的幀内 ,因而無法指定記錄識別資料的區域。如使用圖9 D所示 之0X47h與0X07h的組合時,資料記錄裝置40判斷R〜W通 道之子碼是否為〔000111〕,如為〔000111〕時,進入步 驟S 4,如不是〔0 0 0 1 1 1〕,則進入步驟S 6。 另外,資料記錄裝置4 0亦可於步驟S 3之前,以檢測部4 8 檢測Q通道之ADR是否指記錄識別資料的模式,可檢測時 則進入步驟S 3。 於步驟S4中,檢測部48於自光碟1讀取之R〜W通道的子 碼與保存於記憶體等内之固定值一致時,判斷目前進入之 光碟1的區域是否為記錄識別資料之區域,並啟動切換部 -27- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (22) 49 ° 於步驟S5中,資料記錄裝置40開始識別資料的記錄動作 。亦即,識別資料(UID )自輸入端子5 3輸入,並經由切換 部49輸入至調制部5〇,經過特定之調制處理後,以記錄處 理部5 1進行記錄處理,並輸入至光拾取器4 2内。此時,輸 出控制部5 2為求藉由溶解反射膜來熱記錄識別資料,將半 導體雷射之輪出自標準電平切換成高電平。資料記錄裝置 4 0記錄資料至圖4所示之Q通道之子碼的記錄區域内,亦 即記錄資料於自UDI index之下階4位元起至CRC的84位 元内。具體而言,資料記錄裝置40係於UDI index之下階4 位元内記錄可記錄時間及記錄完成時間等,其次於5 6位元 之UDI payload内記錄識別資料,其次於8位元之AFRΑΜΕ 内記錄幀編號等位址資訊,其次於1 6位元之cRC内記錄錯 誤訂正碼。 以下,參照圖1 2說明此等資料之記錄方法。而顯示於本 圖之例子係將圖9(D)之0X47h變成0X07h者。於識別資料 記錄前,識別資料記錄前之圖案A,如圖1 2中之(A)所示 ,於24位元之幀同步信號之後插入〔〇〇0〕之連接位元, 其次記錄〔 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00〕(〇X47h)之子碼,其次記錄 〔100〕之連接位元。光碟1於11T之長度的溝P1之後設置 11T之脊L1,其次設置7T之溝P2,其次設置3T之脊L2,其 次設置3T之溝P3 ’其次設置3T之脊L3 ’其次設置3T之溝 P 4。而後,資料記錄裝置4 〇藉由於溝P 3至溝P 4照射高輸 出之光束’溶解反射膜進行熱記錄’於脊L3之位置上虛 -28 - 1244069 -- (23) 發明說明續頁 擬形成連接於溝P 3與溝P 4之溝,而形成圖1 2中之(B )所示 之記錄後的圖案A。亦即,記錄後之圖案A之子碼區域内 記錄有〔00100100000000〕(0X07h)之圖案。因此,光碟1 中,於11T之長度之溝P11之後設置11T之脊L11,其次設 置7T之溝P12,其次設置3T之脊L12,其次設置9T之溝P13。 以下說明幀同步信號之圖案與上述例子相反時,如圖1 2 中之(C)所示,識別資料記錄前之圖案B ’於24位元之幀同步 信號之後插入〔001〕之連接位元,其次記錄〔00100100100100〕 (0X47h)之子碼,其次記錄〔100〕之連接位元。光碟1於 11T之長度的脊L21之後設置11T之溝P21,其次設置4丁之 脊L22,其次設置3T之溝P22,其次設置3T之脊L23,其次 設置3T之溝P23,其次設置3T之脊L24,其次設置3T之溝 P24。而後,資料記錄裝置40藉由於溝P23至溝P24照射高 輸出之光束,溶解反射膜進行熱記錄,於脊L24之位置上 虛擬形成連接於溝P23與溝P24之溝,而形成圖12中之(D) 所示之記錄後的圖案B。亦即,記錄後之圖案B之子碼區 域内記錄有〔〇〇1〇〇1〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〕(0X07h)之圖案。因此’ 光碟1中,於11T之長度之脊L31之後設置11T之溝P31’其 次設置4T之脊L32’其次設置3T之溝P32’其次没置3T之 脊L33,其次設置9T之溝P33。 如此,資料記錄裝置40藉由高輸出之光束的啟動關閉’ 形成包含因應識別資料之溝與脊的圖案’並在Q通道之子 碼内記錄識別資料。 上述圖1 1之步驟s 3中,檢測部4 8判斷自光碟1讀取之 1244069 |_ (24) I發明說明續頁 R〜W通道的子碼與特定之固定值不一致時,於步驟S 6中, 判斷目前進入之光碟1的區域並非記錄識別資料的區域, 並以不輸入識別資料之方式關閉切換部4 9,繼續搜尋而回 到步驟S 2。 採用以上方法,以R〜W通道之子碼指定為識別資料的記 錄區域,可在該指定區域内記錄識別資料。In step S1, the data recording device 40 records the identification data in a specific area, and causes the optical pickup 42 to jump over the recording area of the identification data. In step S2, the data recording device 40 uses a subcode extraction unit 46 to extract a subcode near the recording area of the identification data, and demodulates it with a subcode demodulation unit 47. The detection unit 48 extracts the R to W channels of the subcode and checks the data. In step S3, the detection section 48 determines whether the subcodes of the R to W channels read from the optical disc 1 are a specific fixed value. When the data recording device 40 reads the subcodes of the R ~ W channels read from the optical disc 1 and the fixed values stored in the memory, etc., it proceeds to step S4, and if not, it proceeds to step S6. For this reason, the identification data in the disc 1 has not been recorded in the frame of the Q channel of the subcode shown in FIG. 4, so it is impossible to specify the area where the identification data is recorded. If the combination of 0X47h and 0X07h shown in FIG. 9D is used, the data recording device 40 determines whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is [000111]. If it is [000111], it proceeds to step S4. If it is not [0 0 0 1 1 1], the process proceeds to step S6. In addition, the data recording device 40 may detect whether the ADR of the Q channel refers to the mode of recording the identification data before the step S3 by the detecting section 48, and if it is detectable, go to step S3. In step S4, when the subcode of the R ~ W channel read from the optical disc 1 is consistent with the fixed value stored in the memory or the like, it is determined whether the area of the currently entered optical disc 1 is the area where the identification data is recorded. Then, the switching unit -27-1244069 is started. (22) 49 ° In step S5, the data recording device 40 starts a recording operation for identifying data. That is, the identification data (UID) is input from the input terminal 53, and is input to the modulation unit 50 through the switching unit 49. After specific modulation processing, the recording processing is performed by the recording processing unit 51 and input to the optical pickup. 4 2 within. At this time, in order to thermally record the identification data by dissolving the reflective film, the output control unit 52 switches the semiconductor laser wheel from the standard level to the high level. The data recording device 40 records data into the recording area of the subcode of the Q channel shown in FIG. 4, that is, the recording data is in the 84 bits of the CRC from the lower 4 bits of the UDI index. Specifically, the data recording device 40 records the recordable time and recording completion time in the lower 4 bits of the UDI index, followed by the identification data in the 56-bit UDI payload, and the second is the 8-bit AFRAME The address information such as the frame number is recorded, followed by the 16-bit cRC error correction code. Hereinafter, a method of recording such data will be described with reference to FIG. 12. The example shown in this figure is obtained by changing 0X47h in Fig. 9 (D) to 0X07h. Before the identification data is recorded, the pattern A before the identification data is recorded, as shown in (A) of FIG. 12, after the 24-bit frame synchronization signal is inserted, the connection bit of [0000] is inserted, and then [00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00] (〇X47h), followed by the connection bit of [100]. The optical disc 1 is provided with a ridge L1 of 11T after a groove P1 of a length of 11T, followed by a groove P2 of 7T, a ridge L2 of 3T, a ridge L3 of 3T, a ridge L3 of 3T, and a groove 3P of 3T. 4. Then, the data recording device 4 〇 irradiates a high-output light beam 'dissolving the reflective film for thermal recording' at the position of the ridge L3 by irradiating the groove P 3 to the groove P 4 at the position of the ridge L3-28-1244069-(23) A groove connected to the groove P 3 and the groove P 4 is formed, and a recorded pattern A shown in (B) in FIG. 12 is formed. That is, a pattern of [00100100000000] (0X07h) is recorded in the subcode area of the pattern A after recording. Therefore, in the optical disc 1, the 11T ridge L11 is set after the 11T ditch P11, the 7T ridge P12 is set, the 3T ridge L12 is set, and the 9T ridge P13 is set. In the following description, when the pattern of the frame synchronization signal is opposite to the above example, as shown in (C) of FIG. 12, the pattern B 'before the identification data is recorded is inserted with the connection bit of [001] after the 24-bit frame synchronization signal. , Secondly record the subcode of [00100100100100] (0X47h), and then record the connection bit of [100]. The optical disc 1 is provided with a ridge L21 of 11T after a ridge L21 of a length of 11T, followed by a ridge L22 of 4T, a ridge 22 of 3T, a ridge L23 of 3T, a ridge 23 of 3T, and a ridge of 3T L24, followed by 3T trench P24. Then, the data recording device 40 irradiates a high-output light beam from the grooves P23 to P24, dissolves the reflective film for thermal recording, and virtually forms a groove connected to the groove P23 and the groove P24 at the position of the ridge L24, thereby forming the groove in FIG. 12 (D) Recorded pattern B as shown. That is, a pattern of [0011000000000000] (0X07h) is recorded in the sub-code area of the pattern B after recording. Therefore, in the 'disc 1', the 11T ditch P31 is set after the 11T ridge L31, the 4T ridge L32 'is set, the 3T ditch P32' is set, the 3T ridge L33 is not set, and the 9T ditch P33 is set. In this way, the data recording device 40 forms a pattern including grooves and ridges corresponding to the identification data by turning on and off of the high-output light beam, and records the identification data in the subcode of the Q channel. In step s 3 of FIG. 11 above, the detection unit 48 judges that 1244069 read from the optical disc 1 | _ (24) I Description of the invention When the subcodes of the R ~ W channels on the following page are not consistent with the specific fixed value, in step S In step 6, it is judged that the area of the currently entered disc 1 is not the area where the identification data is recorded, and the switching section 49 is closed without inputting the identification data, and the search is continued to return to step S2. With the above method, the subcode of the R ~ W channel is designated as the recording area of the identification data, and the identification data can be recorded in the designated area.

其次,參照圖1 3說明藉由以上資料記錄裝置4 0進行記錄 有識別資料之光碟1之再生的資料再生裝置6 0。資料再生 裝置6 0具備:旋轉記錄有識別資料之光碟1的心軸馬達6 1 :檢測對光碟1射出光束而反射回之光束的光拾取器6 2 ; 進行光拾取器6 2之對物透鏡之聚焦伺服控制及追蹤伺服 控制,並且進行心軸馬達6 1之旋轉控制的控制部6 3 ;自光 拾取器62之輸出生成RF信號等的RF放大器64 ;自RF信號 檢測同步信號而生成時脈之同步信號檢測部6 5 ;將内容資 料等經EFM調制之記錄資料予以解調的解調部66 ;及對經 過解調之資料進行錯誤訂正處理之錯誤訂正處理部6 7。 資料再生裝置6 0具備:自RF信號抽出子碼之子碼抽出 部6 8 ;將經過EF Μ調制之1 4位元之子碼解調成8位元,而 生成Ρ〜W通道之子碼的子碼解調部69 ;檢測R〜W通道之子 碼的檢測部7 0 ;切換記錄於光碟1之識別資料之輸出的切 換部7 1 ;及將識別資料予以解調之解調部7 2。 心軸馬達6 1於心軸上一體性安裝有光碟台。光碟台藉由 對準光碟1之中心孔,以促使光碟1之旋轉中心與心軸之旋 轉中心一致的定心狀態夾住。心軸馬達6 1與光碟台一體地 -30- 1244069 發明說明續頁Next, a data reproduction device 60 for reproducing the optical disc 1 recorded with the identification data by the above data recording device 40 will be described with reference to Figs. The data reproduction device 60 includes a spindle motor 6 1 that rotates the optical disc 1 on which identification data is recorded: an optical pickup 6 2 that detects a light beam emitted from the optical disc 1 and reflected back; an objective lens that performs the optical pickup 6 2 When the focus servo control and the tracking servo control are performed, and the control unit 6 3 performs the rotation control of the spindle motor 61; the RF amplifier 64 that generates RF signals and the like from the output of the optical pickup 62; The synchronization signal detection section 6 5 of the pulse; the demodulation section 66 for demodulating the EFM-modulated recording data such as content data; and the error correction processing section 67 for performing error correction processing on the demodulated data. The data reproduction device 60 includes: a subcode extraction unit 68 that extracts subcodes from the RF signal; demodulates the 14-bit subcode that has undergone EF M modulation into 8 bits, and generates a subcode of the subcode of the P ~ W channel A demodulation section 69; a detection section 70 that detects the subcodes of the R to W channels; a switching section 71 that switches the output of the identification data recorded on the optical disc 1; and a demodulation section 72 that demodulates the identification data. The spindle motor 61 is integrally mounted on the spindle with a disc table. The disc table is clamped by aligning the center hole of the disc 1 so that the rotation center of the disc 1 coincides with the rotation center of the mandrel. Spindle motor 61 1 integrated with the disc table -30-1244069 Description of the invention continued

(25) 旋轉光碟 光拾取 雷射射出 反射膜反 光束藉由 。此處之 出光束。 光檢測器 RF放大器 驅動機構 對物透鏡 RF放大 信號,生 聚焦錯誤 藉由三束 輪出至將 且將聚焦 同步信 號,並且本 號。同步 控制部 蹤錯誤信 等信號輸 路上。藉J 為62具備:射出光束之半導體雷射;將自半導體 之光束予以聚光之對物透鏡;及檢測被光碟1之 射回之光束的光檢測器等。自半導體雷射射出之 對物透鏡聚光,並照射於光碟1之信號記錄面上 半導體雷射進行資料之再生時,係以標準輸出射 此外,被光碟1之信號記錄面反射回之光束藉由 轉換成電性信號,光檢測器將該電性信號輸出至 64。此外,對物透鏡被二軸致動器等對物透鏡 支撐,於與對物透鏡之光軸平行之聚焦方向及與 之光軸直交之追縱方向進行驅動變位。 為6 4依據自構成光拾取器6 2之光檢測器的輸出 成RF信號、聚焦錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號。如 信號係藉由像散像差法等生成,追蹤錯誤信號係 法、推挽法等生成。而RF放大器64係將Rf信號 經過EFM調制之資料予以解調用的解調部66,並 錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號輸出至伺服控制部6 3。 號檢測部65自RF信號檢測圖1所示之幀同步信 泛測將圖2及圖3所示之子碼予以解碼時的同步信 信號檢測部65依據檢測之同步信號生成時脈。 63依據自RF放大器64輸入之聚焦錯誤信號及追 號’生成聚焦祠服信號及追縱飼服信號,並將此 出至光拾取器62之對物透鏡驅動機構的驅動電 比’保持於對物透鏡驅動機構之對物透鏡依據聚 -31 - 1244069(25) Rotating Disc Optical Pickup Laser Emitting Reflective Film Back Light Beam by. Here comes the beam. Photodetector RF amplifier driving mechanism Amplifies the signal to the objective lens RF, resulting in a focus error. With the three beam wheels out, the focus signal will be synchronized and the signal will be focused. Synchronization control unit traces error signals and other signals on the input line. Let J be 62 to include: a semiconductor laser that emits a light beam; an objective lens that focuses the light beam from the semiconductor; and a photodetector that detects the light beam returned by the optical disc 1. When the objective lens emitted from the semiconductor laser is condensed and irradiated on the signal recording surface of the optical disc 1 to reproduce the data, the semiconductor laser is emitted at a standard output. After being converted into an electrical signal, the photodetector outputs the electrical signal to 64. In addition, the objective lens is supported by an objective lens such as a two-axis actuator, and is driven and displaced in a focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and a tracking direction orthogonal to the optical axis. The RF signal, the focus error signal, and the tracking error signal are generated based on the output of the photodetector constituting the optical pickup 62. For example, the signal is generated by the astigmatic aberration method and the like, and the tracking error signal method and the push-pull method are generated. The RF amplifier 64 is a demodulation section 66 that decodes the data of the Rf signal through EFM modulation, and outputs the error signal and the tracking error signal to the servo control section 63. The signal detection section 65 detects the frame synchronization signal shown in FIG. 1 from the RF signal. The pan-test detects the synchronization signal when the subcodes shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 are decoded. 63 According to the focus error signal and tracking number input from the RF amplifier 64, a focus temple service signal and a tracking service signal are generated, and the driving electric ratio of the objective lens driving mechanism output to the optical pickup 62 is maintained at The objective lens driving mechanism of the objective lens is based on poly-31-1244069

發明說明續頁 焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,在與對物透鏡之光軸平行之 聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光軸直交之追蹤方向上進行驅 動變位。伺服控制部6 3之自同步信號生成之時脈以與水晶 振盪器之基準時脈之頻率及相位同步之方式生成旋轉伺 服信號,據此,心軸馬達6 1如以CLV旋轉光碟1。Description of the Invention Continued The focus servo signal and the tracking servo signal are driven and displaced in a focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and a tracking direction orthogonal to the optical axis of the objective lens. The clock generated by the self-synchronization signal of the servo control section 63 is synchronized with the frequency and phase of the reference clock of the crystal oscillator to generate a rotation servo signal. Based on this, the spindle motor 61 rotates the optical disc 1 by CLV.

解調部6'6依據EFM之十進制將内容資料等記錄資料予 以解調。具體而言,解調部66係依據圖7及圖8所示之EFΜ 轉換表,將1 4位元之記錄碼系列轉換成8位元系列的資料 位元。錯誤訂正處理部67依據CIRC等十進制將經過解調 之記錄資料予以解調,並輸出至輸出端子7 3。如記錄資料 為聲頻資料時,自輸出端子73輸出之聲頻資料藉由D/A轉 換器,自數位信號轉換成類比信號,並自耳機、頭戴耳機 等音響轉換器輸出。The demodulation section 6'6 demodulates recorded data such as content data in accordance with the decimal of the EFM. Specifically, the demodulation section 66 converts a 14-bit recording code series into an 8-bit data bit according to the EFM conversion tables shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8. The error correction processing section 67 demodulates the demodulated recording data based on decimal such as CIRC, and outputs the demodulated data to the output terminal 73. If the recorded data is audio data, the audio data output from output terminal 73 is converted from digital signals to analog signals by a D / A converter and output from audio converters such as headphones and headphones.

子碼抽出部68自RF放大器64所輸入之資料抽出幀同步 信號之後所設置之1 4位元的子編碼,並輸出至子碼解調部 69。子碼解調部69依據EFM轉換表,將14位元之資料轉換 成8位元之資料。子碼解調部6 9以9 8幀構成1區塊,並生成 P,Q,R,S,T,U,V,W通道的子碼。亦即,子碼解 調部69生成P1〜W1至P96〜W96,亦即生成96位元的子碼。 檢測部7 0檢測記錄識別資料之模式,並且檢測子碼R〜W 通道。亦即,檢測部70檢測Q通道之ADR是否為記錄識別 資料的模式。檢測部70檢測子碼之R〜W通道是否為保存於 記憶體内之固定值。亦即,檢測部70檢測圖9 A時,R〜W 通道是否為〔〇〇〇〇〇〇〕,圖9B時,R〜W通道是否為〔 000001〕 -32- 1244069 _ (27) I發明說明續頁The subcode extraction section 68 extracts a 14-bit subcode set after the frame synchronization signal is extracted from the data input from the RF amplifier 64, and outputs it to the subcode demodulation section 69. The subcode demodulation section 69 converts 14-bit data into 8-bit data according to the EFM conversion table. The subcode demodulation unit 69 constitutes one block with 98 frames, and generates subcodes of P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W channels. That is, the subcode demodulation section 69 generates P1 to W1 to P96 to W96, that is, generates a 96-bit subcode. The detection section 70 detects the pattern of the recording identification data, and detects the subcode R to W channels. That is, the detection section 70 detects whether the ADR of the Q channel is a mode for recording identification data. The detecting section 70 detects whether the R to W channels of the subcode are fixed values stored in the memory. That is, when the detecting unit 70 detects whether the R ~ W channel is [000000] in FIG. 9A, and whether the R ~ W channel is [000001] -32-1244069 _ (27) in FIG. 9B Description Continued

,圖9C時,R〜W通道是否為〔 000100〕,圖9D時,R〜W通 道是否為〔0 0 0 m〕。檢測部7 0於自子碼解調部6 9輸入之 R〜W通道之資料為固定值時,啟動切換部7 1,並將自子碼 抽出部6 8所輸入之識別資料輸出至解調部7 2。檢測部7 0 於自子碼解調部69輸入之R〜W通道之資料非固定值時,表 示並非識別資料之記錄區域,以無法將自子碼抽出部6 8 所輸入之識別資料輸入至解調部72之方式關閉切換部7 1。In Fig. 9C, whether the R ~ W channel is [000100], or in Fig. 9D, whether the R ~ W channel is [0 0 0 m]. The detection unit 70 activates the switching unit 71 when the data of the R ~ W channel input from the subcode demodulation unit 69 is a fixed value, and outputs the identification data input from the subcode extraction unit 68 to the demodulation. Department 7 2. When the data of the R ~ W channel input from the subcode demodulation unit 69 is not a fixed value, the detection unit 70 indicates that it is not a recording area of the identification data, so that the identification data input from the subcode extraction unit 6 8 cannot be input to The mode of the demodulation section 72 turns off the switching section 71.

識別資料解調部7 2自子碼解調部6 9經由切換部7 1輸入 有Q通道之子碼。識別資料解調部7 2參照記錄於圖4所示 之UDI index之記錄完成時間等,將記錄於UDI payload之 識別資料予以解調,並使用CRC進行錯誤訂正處理後輸出 至輸出端子74。The identification data demodulation section 7 2 inputs the sub-code having the Q channel from the sub-code demodulation section 69 through the switching section 71. The identification data demodulation section 72 refers to the recording completion time of the UDI index shown in FIG. 4 to demodulate the identification data recorded in the UDI payload, and outputs the error correction processing to the output terminal 74 using CRC.

其次,說明資料再生裝置6 0之資料讀取動作。用戶按下 再生紐時,資料再生裝置6 0驅動心軸馬達6 1,並以一定之 線速度旋轉安裝於構成光碟安裝部之光碟台上的光碟1。 並且光拾取器62照射光束於光碟1上。此時,半導體雷射 以標準的輸出射出光束。光拾取器62藉由伺服控制部63 控制成聚焦及追蹤控制的狀態下開始讀取資料。 以下參照圖14說明將光碟1之R〜W通道的子碼使用於錯 誤檢查時。於步驟S 1 1中,資料再生裝置6 0進入識別資料 之記錄區域内,在識別資料為再生模式的狀態下,以子碼 抽出部6 8抽出子碼,並以子碼解調部6 9解調。於步驟S 1 2 中,檢測部70抽出各幀之子碼的R〜W通道,進行該資料 的檢查。繼續,檢測部7 0判斷自光碟1讀取之R〜W通道的 •33- 1244069 _ (28) 發明說明續頁Next, the data reading operation of the data reproduction device 60 will be described. When the user presses the reproduction button, the data reproduction device 60 drives the spindle motor 61 and rotates the optical disc 1 mounted on the optical disc table constituting the optical disc mounting portion at a constant linear speed. And the optical pickup 62 irradiates the light beam on the optical disc 1. At this time, the semiconductor laser emits a light beam with a standard output. The optical pickup 62 starts reading data in a state in which the servo control unit 63 is controlled to focus and track. The use of the subcodes of the R to W channels of the optical disc 1 for error checking will be described below with reference to FIG. In step S 11, the data reproduction device 60 enters the recording area of the identification data. When the identification data is in the reproduction mode, the sub code is extracted by the sub code extraction unit 6 8 and the sub code demodulation unit 6 9 demodulation. In step S 1 2, the detection unit 70 extracts the R to W channels of the sub-codes of each frame and checks the data. Continuing, the detection section 70 judges the R ~ W channel read from the disc 1 • 33-1244069 _ (28) Description of the invention continued page

子碼是否為特定之固定值。如使用圖9D所示之0X47h與 0X0 7h之組合時,檢測部70判斷R〜W通道之子碼是否為 〔 000 1 1 1〕。而資料再生裝置6 0於檢測部7 0判斷為固定值 ,亦即R〜W通道之子碼為〔 000111〕時,進入步驟S13, 判斷非固定值,亦即R〜W通道之子碼並非〔0 0 0 1 1 1〕時, 則進入步驟S 1 4。Whether the subcode is a specific fixed value. For example, when a combination of 0X47h and 0X0 7h shown in FIG. 9D is used, the detection section 70 determines whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is [000 1 1 1]. When the data reproduction device 60 determines that the detection section 70 is a fixed value, that is, the subcode of the R ~ W channel is [000111], it proceeds to step S13, and determines that the non-fixed value, that is, the subcode of the R ~ W channel is not [0 0 0 1 1 1], the process proceeds to step S 1 4.

資料再生裝置60於檢測部70判斷R〜W通道之子碼為固 定值時,於步驟S 1 3中判斷為無錯誤。 資料再生裝置60於檢測部70判斷R〜W通道之子碼與固 定值不一致時,於步驟S 1 4中判斷為有錯誤。如識別資料 解調部7 2進行Q通道之C RC檢查而檢測出錯誤時,可藉由 使檢測部7 0檢測出之幀的Q通道之位元反轉,再度進行 CRC檢查可訂正錯誤。When the data reproduction device 60 determines that the subcodes of the R to W channels are fixed values, the data reproduction device 60 determines that there is no error in step S13. When the data reproduction device 60 determines that the subcodes of the R to W channels do not agree with the fixed values, the data reproduction device 60 determines in step S14 that there is an error. If the identification data demodulation section 72 performs a C RC check of the Q channel and detects an error, the bit of the Q channel of the frame detected by the detection section 70 can be inverted, and the CRC check can be performed again to correct the error.

採用以上方法,使用成為固定值之R〜W通道的子碼,藉 由判斷資料再生裝置6 0之保存於記憶體等内之固定值與 自光碟1讀取之R〜W通道的子碼是否一致,可進行錯誤檢 查〇 該資料再生裝置6 0亦可如下地控制資料的再生。如圖1 5 所示,於步驟S 2 1中,資料再生裝置6 0進入識別資料之記 錄區域内,以子碼抽出部6 8抽出子碼,並以子碼解調部6 9 解調。於步驟S 2 2中,檢測部7 0讀取子碼之Q通道,至少 判斷上述圖4所示之可記錄區域是否均為〔1〕。此因尚未 記錄識別資料之光碟1並未因識別資料之記錄而溶解反射 膜,並虛擬形成溝,因此至少Q通道之可記錄區域均成為 -34- 1244069 _ (29) I發明說明續頁 〔1〕。當然,Q通道之幀均為可記錄區域時,只須判斷Q 通道之子碼是否均為〔1〕即可。資料再生裝置6 0於Q通 道之可記錄區域均為〔1〕時,進入步驟S 2 3,並非如此 時進入步驟S24。With the above method, using the subcodes of the R ~ W channels which become fixed values, by judging whether the fixed values stored in the memory of the data reproduction device 60 and the subcodes of the R ~ W channels read from the optical disc 1 are If they match, an error check can be performed. This data reproduction device 60 can also control the reproduction of data as follows. As shown in FIG. 15, in step S 21, the data reproduction device 60 enters the recording area of the identification data, extracts the sub code by the sub code extraction unit 68, and demodulates the sub code by the sub code demodulation unit 6 9. In step S22, the detection section 70 reads the Q channel of the subcode and judges at least whether the recordable areas shown in FIG. 4 above are all [1]. This is because the disc 1 on which identification data has not been recorded does not dissolve the reflective film and virtually form a groove due to the recording of identification data, so at least the recordable area of the Q channel becomes -34-1244069 _ (29) I Invention Description Continued [ 1〕. Of course, when the frames of the Q channel are all recordable areas, it is only necessary to determine whether the subcodes of the Q channel are all [1]. When the recordable areas of the Q channel are all [1] in the data reproduction device 60, the process proceeds to step S 2 3, and if not, the process proceeds to step S 24.

資料再生裝置6 0於Q通道之可記錄區域均為〔1〕時, 於步驟S 2 3中,關閉切換部7 1,禁止讀取識別資料,並禁 止記錄於光碟1之内容資料等的再生。此因Q通道之可記 錄區域均為〔1〕之光碟1為尚未記錄識別資料之光碟,為 於識別資料記錄前經宣布為不正蜂者。 資料再生裝置60於Q通道之可記錄區域並非均為〔1〕 時,於步驟S 2 4中,以檢測部7 0檢測Q通道之A D R為識別 資料之記錄區域時,形成讀取識別資料的再生模式。其次 ,於步驟S 2 5中,資料再生裝置6 0讀取識別資料,並予以 解調,其次,如允許記錄於光碟1内之内容資料的再生處 理。When the recordable areas of the data reproduction device 60 are all [1] in the Q channel, in step S 2 3, the switching section 7 1 is closed, reading of identification data is prohibited, and reproduction of content data recorded on the optical disc 1 is prohibited. . Because the recordable area of the Q channel is [1], the disc 1 is a disc that has not yet recorded identification data, and it is declared as an unhealthy bee before the identification data is recorded. When the recordable areas of the Q channel are not all [1] in the data reproduction device 60, in step S2, when the detection section 70 detects the ADR of the Q channel as the recording area of the identification data, a reading of the identification data is formed. Regeneration mode. Next, in step S25, the data reproduction device 60 reads the identification data and demodulates it, and secondly, if the reproduction processing of the content data recorded in the optical disc 1 is allowed.

採用以上方法,藉由判斷Q通道之可記錄區域是否均為 〔1〕,如可於識別資料記錄前限制經宣布為不正確之光碟 的再生。此外,採用該方法可限制使用剝落光碟1之保護 膜及反射膜,轉印光碟基板凹凸之溝圖案而製成之翻印模 所製造出之不正確光碟的再生。由於識別資料係藉由溶解 反射膜虛擬形成溝來記錄,並非凹凸的圖案,因此未轉印 至翻印模。 該資料再生裝置6 0亦可如以下地控制資料的再生。如圖 1 6所示,於步驟S 3 1中,資料再生裝置6 0以檢測部7 0檢測 -35- 1244069 _ (30) I發明說明續頁With the above method, by judging whether the recordable areas of the Q channel are all [1], it is possible to restrict the reproduction of discs declared as incorrect before recording the identification data. In addition, the use of this method can restrict the reproduction of incorrect discs produced by peeling off the protective film and reflective film of the optical disc 1, and transferring the embossed groove pattern of the optical disc substrate. Since the identification data is recorded by dissolving the reflective film to form a groove, it is not a concave-convex pattern, so it is not transferred to the stamp. This data reproduction device 60 can also control the reproduction of data as follows. As shown in FIG. 16, in step S 31, the data reproduction device 60 detects by the detection section 70 -35- 1244069 _ (30) I Description of the invention continued page

Q通道之A D R為識別貢料之記錄區域時,形成讀取識別貧 料的再生模式。於步驟S 3 2中,資料再生裝置6 0以檢測部 7 0抽出子碼之R〜W通道,判斷自光碟1讀取之R〜W通道的 子碼是否為特定之固定值。如使用圖9D所示之0X4 7h與 0 X 0 7 h之組合時,檢測部7 0判斷R〜W通道之子碼是否為 〔 000 1 1 1〕。而資料再生裝置6 0於檢測部7 0判斷為固定值 ,亦即R〜W通道之子碼為〔 000111〕時,進入步驟S33, 判斷非固定值,亦即R〜W通道之子碼並非〔0 0 0 1 1 1〕時, 則進入步驟S 3 4。When A D R of the Q channel is a recording area for identifying the material, a reproduction mode for reading and identifying the material is formed. In step S32, the data reproduction device 60 uses the detection section 70 to extract the R ~ W channels of the subcodes, and determines whether the subcodes of the R ~ W channels read from the optical disc 1 have a specific fixed value. For example, when a combination of 0X4 7h and 0 X 0 7 h shown in FIG. 9D is used, the detection unit 70 determines whether the subcode of the R to W channel is [000 1 1 1]. When the data reproduction device 60 determines that the detection section 70 is a fixed value, that is, the subcode of the R ~ W channel is [000111], it proceeds to step S33, and judges a non-fixed value, that is, the subcode of the R ~ W channel is not [0 0 0 1 1 1], the process proceeds to step S 3 4.

資料再生裝置60於檢測部70判斷R〜W通道之子碼為固 定值時,於步驟S33中,如目前安裝之光碟1為正確的光 碟時,啟動切換部7 1,可讀取識別資料。子碼解調部6 9 經由切換部7 1輸入有Q通道之子碼時,識別資料解調部7 2 參照記錄於圖4所示之UDI index内的記錄完成時間等,將 記錄於UDI payload内之識別資料予以解調,再使用CRC 進行錯誤訂正處理,並輸出至輸出端子74。資料再生裝置 6 0如開始進行記錄於光碟1之内容資料的再生處理。 資料再生裝置60於檢測部70判斷R〜W通道之子碼與固 定值不一致時,於步驟S34中,如目前安裝之光碟1並非 正確之光碟或種類不同之光碟時,即關閉切換部7 1,禁止 讀取識別資料,如禁止進行記錄於光碟1之内容資料之再 生處理等以後的處理。採用本方法可限制經宣布為不正確 之光碟及種類不同之光碟的再生。 該資料再生裝置6 0亦可如以下地控制資料的再生。如圖 -36- 1244069 _ (31) I發明說明續頁When the data reproduction device 60 determines that the sub code of the R ~ W channel is a fixed value, in step S33, if the currently installed optical disc 1 is a correct disc, the switching unit 71 is activated to read the identification data. Subcode demodulation unit 6 9 When the subcode of the Q channel is input via the switching unit 7 1, the identification data demodulation unit 7 2 refers to the recording completion time recorded in the UDI index shown in FIG. 4 and records it in the UDI payload. The identification data is demodulated, and then the CRC is used for error correction processing and output to the output terminal 74. The data reproduction device 60 starts the reproduction processing of the content data recorded on the optical disc 1. When the data reproduction device 60 determines that the subcodes of the R ~ W channels are not consistent with the fixed value, in step S34, if the currently installed disc 1 is not the correct disc or a disc of a different type, the switching section 7 1 is turned off. It is forbidden to read the identification data, such as the subsequent processing such as the reproduction processing of the content data recorded on the optical disc 1. With this method, reproduction of discs declared as incorrect and discs of different kinds can be restricted. This data reproduction device 60 can also control the reproduction of data as follows. Figure -36- 1244069 _ (31) I Description of Invention Continued

1 7所示,資料再生裝置6 0於步驟S 4 1中,因指定記錄有識 別資料的區域,因此使光拾取器6 2執道跳越於識別資料的 記錄區域近旁。於步驟S 4 2中,資料再生裝置6 0以子碼抽 出部6 8抽出識別資料之記錄區域近旁的子碼,並以子碼解 調部6 9解調。檢測部7 0抽出子碼之R〜W通道,進行該資料 的檢查。於步驟S43中,檢測部70判斷自光碟1讀取之R〜W 通道的子碼是否為特定之固定值。資料再生裝置60於自光 碟1讀取之R〜W通道之子碼與保存於記憶體等内之固定值 一致時,進入步驟S44,不一致時則進入步驟S46。如使 用圖9D所示之0X4 7h與0X0 7h之組合時,檢測部70判斷 R〜W通道之子碼是否為〔 000111〕,為〔 000111〕時,進 入步驟S 4 4,並非〔0 0 0 1 1 1〕時,則進入步驟S 4 6。As shown in FIG. 17, in step S 41, the data reproduction device 60 specifies the area where the identification data is recorded, so that the optical pickup 62 jumps over the recording area near the identification data. In step S42, the data reproduction device 60 uses the subcode extraction unit 68 to extract the subcode near the recording area of the identification data, and demodulates it with the subcode demodulation unit 69. The detecting section 70 extracts the R to W channels of the subcode and checks the data. In step S43, the detection unit 70 determines whether the subcodes of the R ~ W channels read from the optical disc 1 are a specific fixed value. The data reproduction device 60 proceeds to step S44 when the subcodes of the R ~ W channels read from the optical disc 1 are consistent with the fixed value stored in the memory or the like, and proceeds to step S46 if they are not consistent. For example, when the combination of 0X4 7h and 0X0 7h shown in FIG. 9D is used, the detection unit 70 determines whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is [000111], and if it is [000111], it proceeds to step S 4 4 instead of [0 0 0 1 1 1], the process proceeds to step S 4 6.

於步驟S44中,檢測部70因自光碟1讀取之R〜W通道的子 碼與保存於記憶體等内之固定值不一致,而判斷目前進入 之光碟1之區域為記錄有識別資料之區域,因而啟動切換 部7 1,可讀取識別資料。自子碼解調部6 9經由切換部7 1 輸入有Q通道之子碼時,識別資料解調部7 2參照記錄於上 述圖4所示之U DI i n d e X内的記錄完成時間等,將記錄於 UDI payload内之識別資料予以解調,再使用CRC進行錯 誤訂正處理,並輸出至輸出端子74。資料再生裝置60如開 始進行記錄於光碟1之内容資料的再生處理。 於步驟S43中,檢測部70判斷自光碟1讀取之R〜W通道的 子碼與特定之固定值不一致時,於步驟S 4 6中,判斷目前 進入之光碟1的區域並非記錄有識別資料之區域,而以無 -37- 1244069 _ (32) 發明說明續頁 法輸入識別資料之方式關閉切換部7 1,繼續搜尋,並回到 步驟S 4 2。 採用以上方法,以R〜W通道之子碼指定為識別資料的記 錄區域,可讀取記錄於該指定區域内的識別資料。In step S44, the sub-code of the R ~ W channel read from the optical disc 1 is inconsistent with the fixed value stored in the memory, etc., so that the area of the currently entered optical disc 1 is determined as the area where the identification data is recorded. Therefore, the switching section 71 is activated to read the identification data. When the subcode of the Q channel is input from the subcode demodulation unit 69 through the switching unit 71, the identification data demodulation unit 72 refers to the recording completion time and the like recorded in U DI inde X shown in FIG. 4 described above, and records the The identification information in the UDI payload is demodulated, and then the CRC is used for error correction processing and output to the output terminal 74. The data reproduction device 60 starts reproduction processing of the content data recorded on the optical disc 1, for example. In step S43, when the detection section 70 determines that the subcodes of the R ~ W channels read from the optical disc 1 do not agree with a specific fixed value, in step S46, it is determined that the area of the currently entered optical disc 1 is not recorded with identification data. Area, and close the switching section 7 1 by inputting identification data without the -37- 1244069 _ (32) Invention Description Continuation Page Method, continue searching, and return to step S 4 2. With the above method, the subcode of the R ~ W channel is designated as the recording area of the identification data, and the identification data recorded in the designated area can be read.

如以上詳述,應用本發明之光碟1於識別資料之記錄區 域中,除Q通道之外,R〜W通道之子碼於識別資料之記錄 前後均形成相同的固定值,因此藉由使用該固定值,於識 別資料之記錄時及識別資料之再生時,可指定識別資料的 記錄區域。資料再生裝置60係檢測自光碟1讀取之R〜W通 道的子碼是否與該固定值不同,因此可檢測是否發生錯誤 。識別資料並非藉由包含凹凸圖案之溝與脊而記錄者,不 實施溶解反射膜並反射光束。因此,不在使用剝落光碟1 之保護膜及反射膜,轉印光碟基板凹凸之溝圖案而製成之 翻印模所製造出之不正確光碟上轉印識別資料,藉此,可 限制生手所製造出之此種光碟的再生。As detailed above, in the recording area of the identification data using the optical disc 1 of the present invention, except for the Q channel, the subcodes of the R to W channels form the same fixed value before and after the identification data is recorded, so by using the fixed Value, when the identification data is recorded and the identification data is reproduced, the recording area of the identification data can be specified. The data reproduction device 60 detects whether the subcodes of the R ~ W channels read from the optical disc 1 are different from the fixed value, and thus can detect whether an error has occurred. The identification data is not recorded by grooves and ridges including a concave-convex pattern, and the reflection film is not dissolved and the light beam is reflected. Therefore, the identification data is not transferred on the incorrect disc manufactured by using the embossed groove pattern of the disc substrate by peeling off the protective film and reflective film of the disc 1 and transferring the groove pattern of the disc substrate, thereby restricting the production of novices This kind of disc reproduction.

其次,參照圖式說明應用本發明之光碟、對該光碟記錄 資料之資料記錄裝置及方法、與將記錄於該光碟内之資料 予以再生之資料再生裝置及方法的第二種實施形態。 此處使用之光碟亦與前述之光碟同樣地,於内周側設有 記錄内容表(TOC; Table of Contents)資料等的讀入區域 ,其外周側設有記錄内容資料等記錄資料的資料記錄區域 ,其外周側設有讀出區域,以C D相同之記錄格式,亦即 經 8 — 14 調制(EFM調制:Eight to Fourteen Modulation)之 資料以前述圖1所示之記錄格式記錄。 -38- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (33)Next, a second embodiment of an optical disc to which the present invention is applied, a data recording apparatus and method for recording data on the optical disc, and a data reproduction apparatus and method for reproducing data recorded in the optical disc will be described with reference to the drawings. The optical disc used here is also provided with a reading area such as table of content (TOC) data on the inner periphery side, and a data record on the outer periphery side of the recorded data such as content content data. The area has a read-out area on the outer peripheral side. The data is recorded in the same recording format as CD, that is, 8 to 14 modulation (EFM: Eight to Fourteen Modulation) is recorded in the recording format shown in FIG. -38- 1244069 Description of Invention Continued (33)

參照圖1 8說明此處使用之光碟記錄有識別資料之Q通 道之幀的詳細構造,該Q通道之巾貞全部為9 8位元,自最前 起依序具備:形成2位元之同步信號之S 0,S 1 ; 4位元之 CTL ;識別識別資料之記錄再生模式用之4位元的ADR ; 形成8位元之識別資料之索引的U DI i n d e X ;形成收納有5 6 位元之識別資料之酬載的UDI payload ;形成8位元之位址 資訊的AFRΑΜΕ ;及形成1 6位元之錯誤訂正碼的循環冗餘 碼(CRC ; Cyclic Redundancy Code) 〇 8位元之UDI index以a〇〜a7的8位元構成。如圖19所示, a 〇 ’ a 1的2位元分配為用於指定記錄識別貧料之區域设於 何處,具體而言,〔0 0〕表示識別資料之可記錄區域於光 碟内係1處,〔01〕表示通信期(Session)内係1處,〔10〕表 示執道内係1處。另外〔1 1〕係保持。Referring to FIG. 18, the detailed structure of the frame of the Q channel recorded with the identification data used in the optical disc used here will be described. The frame of the Q channel is all 98 bits, and it has from the beginning: a 2-bit synchronization signal. S 0, S 1; 4-bit CTL; 4-bit ADR used to identify the recording and reproduction mode of identification data; U DI inde X forming an index of 8-bit identification data; formation of 56 bits UDI payload for identification data; AFRAME for 8-bit address information; and Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC) for 16-bit error correction code 〇8-bit UDI index It consists of 8 bits from a0 to a7. As shown in FIG. 19, the two bits of a 〇 ′ a 1 are allocated to specify where the area for recording and identifying the poor material is located. Specifically, [0 0] indicates that the recordable area of the identification data is in the optical disc system. One place, [01] means one place in the communication session (Session), and [10] means one place in the course. In addition [1 1] is maintained.

a2,a3分配為用於指定巾貞,具體而言,〔00〕表示最前 幀,亦即表示標頭,〔0 1〕表示後續幀,另外〔1 0〕及〔11〕 係保持。a4〜a7的4位元記錄有顯示記錄有0〜15之識別資料 之巾貞(扇區)的貢料。此處記錄有識別貧料之扇區係1 〇 〇扇 區(子碼之1 0 〇幀:6 4位元)〜1 6 0 0扇區(子碼之1 6 0 0幀: 1 0 2 4位元),以1 0 0扇區(1 0 0幀)單位記錄識別資料。 如a 2,a 3為〔0 0〕時,a 4〜a 7,亦即標頭内記錄有合計巾貞 (扇區)數,進入最前時,可指定識別資料之可記錄區域尺 寸。&amp;2’ 3&gt;3為〔〇1〕時’ 〜2·7内記錄有數個t貞’可指定巾貞 的位置。藉此,光碟於識別資料之資料長度未達合計幀( 扇區)數時,可指定記錄有識別資料之區域以外的幀作為 -39- 1244069 (34) 發明說明續頁 未記錄區域。 5 6位元之u D I p a y 1 〇 a d内記錄有:作為光碟之識別資料 之光碟銷售廠商之記錄公司的記錄公司ID、識別光碟用 之記錄編號、識別光碟之生產國用的國家編號、識別光碟 之製造工廠用的製造廠ID、識別製造光碟之製造裝置用 的製造裝置ID、光碟之序號、檢測資料能否刪改用的修 改檢測碼(M D C ; Μ 〇 d i f i c a t i ο n D e t e c t i ο n C 〇 d e)等檢測碼 、及内谷資料等主資料的密碼鍵等。 另外,識別資料以不跨越數個執道的方式記錄。此因執 道間P通道為〔1〕,為再生時暫停(空白時間),不過此時 記錄識別資料時’ P通道可能變成〔0〕。識別資料之記錄 速度為7 5子碼幀/1秒,每一片光碟之記錄時間如約為5秒 。記錄時間比其長時,識別資料的記錄上將花費過多時間 ,導致光碟的製造效率惡化。因此,記錄速度比其快時, 可增加識別資料的記錄量。 自UDI index下階4位元起至CRC之區塊,於光碟識別資 料記錄前’如全部記錄有〔1〕作為初始值。該區域藉由 於記錄位置之反射膜上熱記錄資料,虛擬形成不反射光束 或反射量少之凹部的溝,藉此反轉成〔〇〕,藉由虛擬所形 成之溝與脊圖案來記錄光碟的識別資料,詳細内容如後述 。可記錄區域以外的區域與R〇M型光碟同樣地,藉由溝 與脊圖案記錄内容資料等特定資料。另夕卜可記錄:域為 各個光碟之值不同之至少UDI index、UDI payl〇ad、CRC 之區域即可。因此,該幀亦可作為如可記錄全部之區域, -40- 1244069 (35) 發明說明續頁 以全部初始值為脊之方式,預先記錄〔1〕。 R〜W通道之記錄識別資料的區域形成固定值,並於識別 資料之記錄前後形成相同值。亦即,記錄識別資料之區域 ,作為子碼比較識別資料記錄前之調制前8位元系列之資 料位元與識別資料記錄後之解調8位元系列之通道位元時 ,至少記錄有第3位元以後之R〜W通道之值相同者。a2 and a3 are assigned to specify the frame. Specifically, [00] indicates the first frame, that is, the header, [0 1] indicates the subsequent frame, and [1 0] and [11] are maintained. The 4 bits of a4 to a7 record the tributary material (sector) showing the identification data of 0 to 15 recorded. The sectors identified here are identified as 100 sectors (100 frames of subcode: 64 bits) to 160 sectors (160 frames of subcode: 1 2) 4 bits), the identification information is recorded in units of 100 sectors (100 frames). For example, when a 2 and a 3 are [0 0], a 4 to a 7, that is, the total number of frames (sectors) are recorded in the header. When entering the front, you can specify the size of the recordable area of the identification data. &amp; 2 '3 &gt; When 3 is [〇1]', several t's are recorded in '~ 2 · 7', and the positions of the towels can be specified. With this, when the data length of the identification data does not reach the total number of frames (sectors), frames other than the area where the identification data are recorded can be designated as -39-1244069 (34) Description of the Invention Continuation page Unrecorded area. 5 6-digit u DI pay 1 〇ad records: the recording company ID of the recording company of the disc sales company as the identification information of the disc, the record number for identifying the disc, the country number for identifying the country of manufacture of the disc, and identification Manufacturer ID for optical disc manufacturing plant, Manufacturing device ID for disc manufacturing device, Disc serial number, Modification detection code (MDC; Μ 〇 dificati ο n D etecti ο n C 〇) de), and other detection codes, and password keys for master data such as Uchiya data. In addition, identification data is recorded in a way that does not cross several roads. This is because the P channel between the channels is [1] and it is paused during playback (blank time), but at this time when the identification data is recorded, the 'P channel may become [0]. The recording speed of identification data is 75 sub-code frames / 1 second, and the recording time of each disc is about 5 seconds. When the recording time is longer than that, it takes too much time to record the identification data, which leads to deterioration of the manufacturing efficiency of the optical disc. Therefore, when the recording speed is faster than that, the recording amount of the identification data can be increased. From the lower 4 bits of the UDI index to the CRC, before the disc identification data is recorded, if [1] is all recorded, [1] is used as the initial value. In this area, due to the thermal recording data on the reflective film at the recording position, a groove that does not reflect the light beam or a concave portion with a small amount of reflection is virtually formed, thereby being inverted to [0], and the optical disc is recorded by the groove and ridge pattern formed virtually The identification information is detailed below. Areas other than the recordable area are the same as ROM-type discs, and specific data such as content data is recorded by groove and land patterns. In addition, it can be recorded that the domain is at least the UDI index, UDI payroll, and CRC areas with different values for each disc. Therefore, this frame can also be used as an area where all the data can be recorded. -40-1244069 (35) Continued description of the invention The pre-recording method uses all initial values as ridges [1]. The area where the identification data is recorded in the R ~ W channel forms a fixed value, and the same value is formed before and after the identification data is recorded. That is, the area where the identification data is recorded is used as a subcode to compare the data bits of the first 8-bit series before the identification data record with the demodulated 8-bit series of channel bits after the identification data record. The value of R ~ W channel after 3 bits is the same.

此種光碟基本上係再生專用的記錄媒體,内容資料等記 錄資料係藉由凹凸的溝圖案記錄。光碟於上述之特定可記 錄子碼的區域内加註識別各個光碟用的識別資料,作為加 註貧訊。 該光碟亦經過如前述圖5所示的步驟而製造。雷射切割 因應須記錄於該光碟内之資料之凹凸溝圖案來製作原盤 之切割步驟中使用之切割裝置1 2 1,與前述圖6所示之切割 裝置2 1的基本構造相同,如圖2 0所示,其具備判別識別資 料之可記錄區域的判別部3 4。This type of optical disc is basically a recording medium dedicated to reproduction, and recorded data such as content data is recorded by a groove pattern. The disc is filled with identification data for identifying each disc in the above-mentioned specific recordable subcode area, as a poor signal. The optical disc is also manufactured through the steps shown in FIG. 5 described above. The cutting device 1 2 1 used in the cutting step of the original disk according to the concave-convex groove pattern of the data that must be recorded in the optical disc is the same as the basic structure of the cutting device 2 1 shown in FIG. 6, as shown in FIG. As shown at 0, it has a discrimination section 34 which discriminates the recordable area of the identification data.

此處使用之切割裝置1 2 1的說明中,與圖6所示之裝置相 同的部分註記相同符號,並省略其詳細說明。 圖2 0所示之切割裝置1 2 1之子碼產生器2 5,於記錄内容 資料等主資料的區域產生包含因應資料之位址資訊等的 子碼,並藉由EFM調制將其8位元系列之資料位元轉換成 1 4位元之記錄碼系列。 子碼產生器25產生前述特定之圖8及圖9所示之EFM轉 換表中之8位元系列的資料位元,作為記錄識別資料之區 域的子碼,並轉換成1 4位元的記錄碼系列。具體而言,子 -41 - 1244069In the description of the cutting device 1 2 1 used here, the same parts as those in the device shown in FIG. 6 are denoted by the same symbols, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted. The sub-code generator 25 of the cutting device 1 2 1 shown in FIG. 20 generates a sub-code including address information of the corresponding data in an area where the main data such as content data is recorded, and the 8-bits thereof are modulated by EFM. The data bits of the series are converted into a 14-bit record code series. The subcode generator 25 generates the data bits of the 8-bit series in the specific EFM conversion table shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 as a subcode of a region for recording identification data, and converts it into a 14-bit record Yard series. Specifically, the sub -41-1244069

發明説明續頁Description of the invention

碼產生器2 5係於調制後之1 4位元之記錄碼系列中#錄識 別資料後予以解調時,自8位元系列之資料位元的上階起 第二位元,亦即子碼之Q通道自〔1〕反轉成〔〇〕’並且 自上階第三位元至最後位元,亦即至子碼之r〜W通道’產 生相同資料位元,作為記錄識別資料區域的子瑪。該貧料 於E F Μ解調後之1 4位元的圖案中,藉由於溝間之脊上照射 光束,溶解反射膜而虛擬形成溝時,新形成之溝長係選擇 滿足EFM調制之調制規則,亦即滿足最大反轉間隔Tmax 為1 0,最小反轉間隔Tmin為2之條件者。 此時’子碼產生器2 5亦如前述圖9 A所示,以E F Μ轉換表 之十進制選擇第64個之0X40h〔 0 1 000000〕作為記錄識別 貢料之區域的子碼。 此外,子碼產生器2 5如前述圖9 B所示,以E F Μ轉換表之 十進制選擇第65個之0X4 lh〔 0 1 00000 1〕作為記錄識別資 料之區域的子碼。 再者,子碼產生器25如前述圖9C所示,以EFM轉換表&lt; 十進制選擇第68個之〇X44h〔 0 1 000 1 00〕作為記錄識別資 料之區域的子碼。 再者,子碼產生器25如前述圖9D所示,以EFM轉換# 、衣之 十進制選擇第71個之〇X47h〔 0 1 000 1 1 1〕作為記錄纖別次 料之區域的子碼。 、 孑瑪產生器25藉由生成如上之子碼作為須記錄熾別二身 料之匾威的子碼’將特定之脊反轉成溝,因應須記錄8位 ,/丨之Q通道之資料’使〔1〕反轉成〔〇〕’即可“ 元系列 圮錄 -42- 1244069 _ (37) I發明說明續頁 識別資料,並於識別資料之記錄前後將通道R〜W作為固定 值,可藉由記錄及/或再生裝置檢·測記錄識別資料之區域 或所記錄之區域。 圖2 0所示之切割裝置1 2 1之子碼產生器2 5連接有指定識 別資料之可記錄區域的判別部3 4。判別部3 4判別是否使子 碼產生器2 5内產生記錄於記錄内容資料等主資料之區域 内的子碼,或是否使子碼產生器2 5内產生記錄於記錄識別 資料之可記錄區域内的子碼。判別部3 4記錄内容資料等主 資料時,係以子碼產生器2 5產生包含因應資料之位址資訊 等的子碼,並藉由EFM調制將其8位元系列之資料位元轉 換成1 4位元之記錄碼系列的方式來控制子碼產生器2 5。判 別部3 4於記錄識別資料之可記錄區域時,係以子碼產生器 25產生前述圖9A至圖9D所示之特定之圖8及圖9所示之 EFM轉換表中之8位元系列之資料位元,並轉換成14位元 之記錄碼系列的方式來控制子碼產生器2 5。 如圖2 0所示,資料產生器2 6自調制電路2 4輸入有經過 EFM調制之記錄資料,並且自子碼產生器25輸入有子碼。 資料產生器2 6於記錄碼系列之1 4位元的區塊間插入3位元 的連接位元。具體而言,資料產生器26滿足EFM之轉換規 則之最大反轉間隔T m a X = 1 0,最小反轉間隔T m i η = 2,且自 〔0 0 0〕、〔 1 0 0〕、〔 0 1 0〕、〔 0 0 1〕中選擇使數位總值(D S V ;Digital Sum Vale)之絕對值更小,且低頻成分更少的連 接位元,並於記錄碼系列之1 4位元的區塊間插入3位元的 連接位元。資料產生器2 6使記錄碼系列為1 7位元,生成上 1244069The code generator 25 is the second bit from the upper level of the 8-bit series of data bits when demodulating #recording identification data in the 14-bit modulated code series after modulation. The Q channel of the code is reversed from [1] to [0] 'and the same data bit is generated from the third bit to the last bit of the upper order, that is, to the r ~ W channel of the subcode, as the record identification data area Zima. In the 14-bit pattern after EF MM demodulation, when a groove is virtually formed by irradiating a beam on the ridge between the grooves and dissolving the reflective film, the newly formed groove length is selected to satisfy the modulation rule of EFM modulation. That is, the condition that the maximum inversion interval Tmax is 10 and the minimum inversion interval Tmin is 2 is satisfied. At this time, the 'subcode generator 25' also selects the 64th 0X40h [0 1 000000] of the EFM conversion table decimal as the subcode of the record identification area, as shown in the aforementioned FIG. 9A. In addition, as shown in FIG. 9B, the subcode generator 25 selects the 65th of 0X4 lh [0 1 00000 1] as the subcode of the area in which the identification data is recorded, using the decimal of the EFM conversion table. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 9C, the subcode generator 25 selects the 68th OX44h [0 1 000 1 00] as the subcode of the area in which the identification data is recorded using the EFM conversion table &lt; decimal. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 9D, the subcode generator 25 selects the 71st XX47h [0 1 000 1 1 1] as the sub code of the area where the fiber-level material is recorded by using EFM conversion # and clothes decimal.孑 The ima generator 25 generates the subcode as above to be used as the subcode of the plaque that must be recorded for the two figures of zibei. 'Reverse a specific ridge into a groove. Therefore, it is necessary to record 8-bit data of the Q channel.' Reverse [1] to [〇] ', then "Yuan Series Records-42-1244069 _ (37) I Invention Description Continuation page identification data, and channel R ~ W as a fixed value before and after the identification data is recorded, The area where the identification data is recorded or recorded can be detected and recorded by a recording and / or reproduction device. The cutting code generator 2 of the cutting device 1 2 1 shown in FIG. 20 is connected to the recordable area of the specified identification data. Discrimination unit 34. Discrimination unit 34 judges whether the subcode generator 25 generates subcodes recorded in the area of the master data such as the recorded content data, or whether the subcode generator 25 generates the subcodes recorded in the record identification. Subcodes in the recordable area of the data. When the discriminating section 34 records the main data such as content data, the subcode generator 25 generates subcodes containing address information of the corresponding data, etc., and modifies them by EFM modulation. 8-bit series data bits are converted into 14-bit record codes The sub-code generator 25 is controlled in a row manner. When the discriminating section 34 records the recordable area of the identification data, the sub-code generator 25 generates the specific figures 8 and 9 shown in the foregoing FIGS. 9A to 9D. The 8-bit series of data bits in the EFM conversion table shown is converted into a 14-bit record code series to control the subcode generator 2 5. As shown in FIG. 20, the data generator 2 6 The self-modulation circuit 2 4 inputs the EFM-modulated recording data, and the sub-code generator 25 inputs the sub-code. The data generator 26 inserts a 3-bit connection between the 14-bit blocks of the recording code series. Specifically, the data generator 26 satisfies the maximum inversion interval T ma X = 1 0 and the minimum inversion interval T mi η = 2 of the conversion rules of the EFM, and from [0 0 0], [1 0 0 〕, [0 1 0], [0 0 1] select the connection bits that make the absolute value of digital total value (DSV; Digital Sum Vale) smaller and have less low-frequency components. A 3-bit connection bit is inserted between the bit blocks. The data generator 26 makes the record code series 17 bits, and generates 1244069.

發明說明續頁 述圖1所示之資料 光調制器2 8。 貢料產生器26將該生成之資料輸出 至 之切割裝置1 2 1的動DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Continued The data shown in FIG. The tributary generator 26 outputs the generated data to the motion of the cutting device 1 2 1

參照圖2 1說明上述構造之圖2 〇所示 作0Referring to FIG. 21, the structure shown in FIG. 2 will be described.

於須記錄之抽樣資料經由輸入端子22a輸入至a/d轉換 器22時’ A/D轉換器22將資料自類比信號轉換成數位信號 ’並輸出至錯誤訂正編碼電路23,錯誤訂正編碼電路^ 實施於抽樣内組合交叉隔行掃描與4次之簧片所羅門碼的 編碼,並輸出至調制電路24。調制電路24於步驟81〇1中 ,如對來自錯誤訂正編碼電路23之編碼輸出,依據EFM之 十進制實施調制處理,並輸出至資料產生器26。子碼產生 器25於記錄内容資料等主資料之區域,產生包含因應資料 之位址資訊等的子碼,並藉由EFM調制將其8位元系列之 資料位元轉換成1 4位元的記錄碼系列。子碼產生器2 5產生 特定之圖8及圖9所示之E F Μ轉換表中之§位元系列之資料 位元,變換成1 4位元的記錄碼系列,作為記錄識別資料之 區域的子碼。 於步驟S 1 02中,判別部3 4判斷是否為記錄識別資料之區 域。具體而言,判別部3 4至少判斷上述圖4所示之各個光 碟之值不同之UDI index、UDI payload、CRC的區域作為 識別資料之可記錄區域。當然,亦可判斷記錄識別資料之 區域之全部Q通道的子碼作為識別資料的可記錄區域。為 記錄識別資料之區域時,進入步驟S 1 0 3,並非記錄識別 資料之區域,亦即為以一般模式記錄内容資料等主資料的 -44- 1244069 _ (39) 發明說明續頁 區域時,進入步驟S 1 0 4。When the sampled data to be recorded is input to the a / d converter 22 through the input terminal 22a, the 'A / D converter 22 converts the data from the analog signal to a digital signal' and outputs it to the error correction coding circuit 23, and the error correction coding circuit ^ The cross-interlaced scanning and 4 times reed Solomon code coding are combined in the sample, and output to the modulation circuit 24. In step 8101, the modulation circuit 24 performs the modulation processing based on the decimal of the EFM for the coded output from the error correction coding circuit 23, and outputs it to the data generator 26. The subcode generator 25 generates a subcode containing address information and the like of the corresponding data in the area where the main data such as content data is recorded, and converts its 8-bit series of data bits into 14-bit by EFM modulation. Record code series. The sub-code generator 25 generates specific data bits of the § bit series in the EF M conversion table shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 and converts them into a 14-bit recording code series, which is used as a region for recording identification data. Subcode. In step S 102, the judging unit 34 judges whether it is an area where identification data is recorded. Specifically, the discriminating section 34 judges at least the areas where the values of the UDI index, UDI payload, and CRC are different for each disc shown in FIG. 4 as the recordable areas of the identification data. Of course, it is also possible to judge the subcodes of all Q channels in the area where the identification data is recorded as the recordable area of the identification data. When it is the area where the identification data is recorded, it proceeds to step S 103, which is not the area where the identification data is recorded, that is, -44-1244069 _ (39) When the continuation page area of the invention description, Go to step S 1 0 4.

為記錄識別資料之區域時,於步驟S 1 0 3中,子碼產生器 2 5自調制後之1 4位元之記錄碼系列内記錄識別資料後並 予以解碼時,自8位元系列之資料位元上階第二位元,亦 即子碼之Q通道自〔1〕反轉成〔0〕,並且自上階第三位 元至最後位元,亦即至子碼之R〜W通道,產生相同資料位 元,如產生前述圖9A至圖9D所示之0X40h,0X41h,0X44h ,0X47h等資料位元,作為特殊之子碼。子碼產生器25依 據前述圖8及圖9所示之EFM轉換表將該子碼轉換成14位 元的記錄碼系列。 為記錄内容資料等主資料之區域時,於步驟S 1 0 4中,子 碼產生器2 5產生包含因應資料之位址資訊等的子碼,並依 據圖8及圖9所示之EF Μ轉換表將其轉換成1 4位元的記錄 碼系列。When it is the area for recording identification data, in step S 103, the sub-code generator 25 self-modulates the 14-bit recording code series after recording the identification data and decodes it, starting from the 8-bit series. The upper bit of the data bit, that is, the Q channel of the subcode is reversed from [1] to [0], and from the third bit of the upper order to the last bit, that is, R ~ W The channel generates the same data bits. For example, the data bits such as 0X40h, 0X41h, 0X44h, and 0X47h shown in FIG. 9A to FIG. The subcode generator 25 converts the subcode into a 14-bit record code series according to the EFM conversion tables shown in Figs. 8 and 9 described above. When it is an area for recording main data such as content data, in step S 104, the sub code generator 25 generates a sub code including address information and the like of the corresponding data, and according to EF M shown in FIGS. The conversion table converts it into a 14-bit record code series.

資料產生器26自調制電路24輸入有資料,並且自子碼產 生器2 5輸入有子碼等資料,將此等資料相加,並於1 4位元 之區塊間至少插入不違反E F Μ轉換規則之3位元的連接位 元,生成記錄資料,以NRZI調制該記錄資料,並輸出至 光調制器2 8。 另外,雷射源27射出雷射光,雷射光射入光調制器2 8 。光調制器2 4依據自資料產生器2 6之輸入調制雷射光。亦 即,光調制器24自資料產生器26輸入有〔1〕時,調制雷 射光。被光調制器2 6調制之雷射光射入反射鏡2 9。反射鏡 2 9係藉由移動機構3 0移動,俾能於整個玻璃原盤3 5之内外 -45- 1244069 音明說明續頁The data generator 26 inputs data from the modulation circuit 24, and the subcode generator 25 inputs data such as subcodes, adds the data, and inserts at least 14-bit blocks without violating EF Μ The 3 bits of the conversion rule are converted to generate recording data, and the recording data is modulated by NRZI and output to the optical modulator 28. In addition, the laser source 27 emits laser light, and the laser light enters the light modulator 2 8. The light modulator 24 modulates the laser light according to the input from the data generator 26. That is, the optical modulator 24 modulates the laser light when [1] is input from the data generator 26. The laser light modulated by the light modulator 26 is incident on the mirror 29. The mirror 2 9 is moved by the moving mechanism 30, and can not be inside or outside the entire glass original plate 35. -45-1244069 Audio explanation continued

轉驅動部之心軸馬達3 2照射於以恒線速度(C L V ; c 〇 n s t a P , L l n e a r V e 1 o c i t y )等旋轉的玻璃原盤3 5上。此時,對物透鏡 3 1藉由對物透鏡驅動機構3 3驅動變位於雷射光之光轴方 向’形成聚焦控制。 原盤3 5如以上地曝光,轉印有該原盤3 5圖案之光碟於記 錄識別資料之可記錄區域,藉由記錄分別顯示於圖9 A至 圖9D之0X40h,0X41h,0X44h,0X47h之14位元的記錄碼 糸歹ll ’ 至少以圖 18 所示之 UDI index、UDI payload、CRC 之區域全部為〔1〕的方式記錄資料。 其次,參照圖2 2說明於識別資料記錄步驟中在使用之光 碟上記錄識別資料的資料記錄裝置。該資料記錄裝置1 4 0 與前述圖1 0所示之資料記錄裝置4 〇同樣地具備:旋轉應用 本發明之光碟1 〇 1的心軸馬達4 1 ;檢測對光碟1 〇 1射出光束 而反射回之光束的光拾取器42;進行光拾取器42之對物透 鏡之聚焦伺服控制及追蹤伺服控制,並且進行心軸馬達4 1 之旋轉控制的控制部4 3 ;自光拾取器4 2之輸出生成R F信 號等的RF放大器44 ;自RF信號檢測同步信號而生成時脈 之同步信號檢測部4 5 ;自RF信號抽出子碼之子碼抽出部 46 ;將經EFM調制之14位元的子碼解調成8位元,而生成 p〜w通道之子碼的子碼解調部47;及檢測R〜w通道之子碼 的檢測部4 8。 圖22所示之資料記錄裝置1 4〇之記錄光碟1 〇丨之識別資 料的記錄系統具備:調制識別資料之識別資料調制部1 4 9 -46- (41) 1244069 發明說明續頁The spindle motor 32 of the rotary driving section is irradiated on the glass original disk 35 which rotates at a constant linear velocity (C L V; At this time, the objective lens 31 is driven by the objective lens driving mechanism 33 to change its position in the optical axis direction of the laser light to form focus control. The original disc 35 is exposed as above, and the disc with the original pattern 35 of the original disc transferred to the recordable area of the recording identification data is displayed on the 14th digit of 0X40h, 0X41h, 0X44h, and 0X47h in FIGS. 9A to 9D by recording. The unit's record code 糸 歹 ll 'records data at least in the areas where the UDI index, UDI payload, and CRC shown in FIG. 18 are all [1]. Next, a data recording device that records identification data on a disc used in the identification data recording step will be described with reference to Figs. This data recording device 1 40 is similar to the data recording device 4 0 shown in FIG. 10 described above, and includes: a spindle motor 4 1 that rotates the optical disc 1 〇1 of the present invention; and detects and reflects a light beam emitted from the optical disc 1 〇1 The optical pickup 42 of the returning light beam; the control unit 4 3 that performs the focus servo control and tracking servo control of the optical pickup 42 on the objective lens, and performs the rotation control of the spindle motor 4 1; the optical pickup 42 2 Outputs an RF amplifier 44 that generates an RF signal, etc .; detects a synchronization signal from an RF signal to generate a clock; a synchronization signal detection unit 4 5; extracts a subcode from the RF signal; a subcode extraction unit 46; The code is demodulated into 8 bits, and a subcode demodulation section 47 for generating subcodes of the p ~ w channels; and a detection section 48 for detecting subcodes of the R ~ w channels. The recording system for the identification data of the recording disc 1 〇 丨 of the data recording device 1 40 shown in FIG. 22 includes: the identification data modulation section for modulation identification data 1 4 9 -46- (41) 1244069 Description of the invention continued page

3制子碼之子碼調制部15〇;切換記錄於光们 別貧料之輸入的切換部151;冑識別資料 内U 内時進行記錄處理之記錄處理部152;及控7 、入先碟1〇1 射出之光束之輸出的輸出控制部153。工 拾取器42 二馬達41於心軸上一體性安裝有光碟台。光碟”由 對奉光碟1之中心孔,以促使光碟101之旋轉中 '、盥 旋轉中心一致的定心狀態夾 。%軸之 地旋轉光碟101。 …達41與光碟台一體 光拾取器42具備··射出光束之 雷射射出之光束予以綮# β 豆田射,將自半導體 山&lt; Λ禾卞以♦先之對 之反射膜反射回之光束的光檢货抑^ ,檢測被光碟1 0 1 之光束藉由對物透鏡聚光,二旧等自半導體雷射射出 面上。此處之半導體雷射係*射於光碟1 0 1之信號記錄 輪出。半導體雷射依據輪:二由輸出控制部153控制雷射 於光碟101内之資料的再生日:制部153之控制’進行記錄 錄識別資料時,以可溶解反:’以標準輸出射出光束,記 高於再生時之高輸出電平射出:而束進行熱記錄之方式,以 破光碟1 0 1之信號記錄面 、束 換成電性信號,光檢測器將’回之光束藉由光檢測器轉 44。此外,對物透鏡被二軸致:電二信號輸出至RF放大器 撐’於與對物透鏡之光軸平r &quot;對物透鏡驅動機構支 光轴直交之追縱方向進焦方向及與對物透鏡之 信ΓΓ44依據自構成先拾取…光檢…&quot; u生成RF信號、聚舞供〜 态的輸出 曰决信號及追蹤錯誤信號。如 -47. 1244069 _ (42) I發明說明續頁 聚焦錯誤信號係藉甴像散像差法等生成,追蹤錯誤信號係 藉由三束法、推挽法等生成。而RF放大器4 4係將聚焦錯 誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號輸出至控制部4 3。Sub-code modulation section 15 for 3-code sub-codes; switching section 151 for switching records recorded in the input of light sources; 胄 recording processing section 152 for recording processing when identifying data within U; and control 7 and access to disc 1 〇1 The output control unit 153 of the output of the emitted light beam. The picker 42 and the two motors 41 are integrally mounted on the spindle with an optical disc table. The "disc" is centered by the center hole of the optical disc 1 to promote the rotation of the optical disc 101, and the center of rotation is consistent with the center of rotation. The optical disc 101 is rotated by the axis of the axis. ·· The laser beam that is emitted is 綮 # β 豆 田 射, the light inspection of the light beam reflected from the semiconductor mountain &lt; Λ He 卞 with the reflection film of the first pair ^, detection is disc 1 0 The light beam of 1 is focused by the objective lens, and the two old ones are emitted from the semiconductor laser emitting surface. Here, the semiconductor laser system * is emitted on the signal recording wheel of the optical disc 1 0. The semiconductor laser is based on the wheel: two by The output control section 153 controls the reproduction date of the laser data recorded on the optical disc 101: the control of the production section 153 is used to record the identification data in a soluble form: 'emits the light beam at the standard output, and records the higher output than the reproduction. Level emission: In the method of thermal recording of the beam, the signal recording surface of the disc 101 is broken, and the beam is replaced with an electrical signal. The photodetector turns the returned beam through the photodetector to 44. In addition, The lens is caused by two axes: electrical two signals are output to R The F amplifier is supported by the optical axis of the objective lens, which is flat and the direction of the focus direction orthogonal to the optical axis of the objective lens drive mechanism and the direction of the focus and the letter of the objective lens. u generates RF signals, output signals and tracking error signals. For example, -47. 1244069 _ (42) I Description of the invention Continuation page Focus error signals are generated and tracked by the astigmatic astigmatism method. The error signal is generated by a three-beam method, a push-pull method, etc. The RF amplifier 44 outputs a focus error signal and a tracking error signal to the control section 43.

同步信號檢測部4 5自RF信號檢測前述圖1所示之幀同 步信號,並且檢測將圖2及圖3所示之子碼予以解碼時的同 步信號。同步信號檢測部4 5自同步信號生成時脈。The synchronization signal detecting section 45 detects the frame synchronization signal shown in Fig. 1 from the RF signal, and detects the synchronization signal when the subcodes shown in Figs. 2 and 3 are decoded. The synchronization signal detecting section 45 generates a clock from the synchronization signal.

控制部43依據自RF放大器44輸入之聚焦錯誤信號及追 蹤錯誤信號,生成聚焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,並將此 等信號輸出至光拾取器4 2之對物透鏡驅動機構的驅動電 路上。藉此,保持於對物透鏡驅動機構之對物透鏡依據聚 焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,在與對物透鏡之光軸平行之 聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光軸直交之追蹤方向上進行驅 動變位。控制部4 3之自同步信號生成之時脈以與水晶振盪 器之基準時脈之頻率及相位同步之方式生成旋轉伺服信 號,據此,心軸馬達4 1如以C LV旋轉光碟1 0 1。The control section 43 generates a focus servo signal and a tracking servo signal based on the focus error signal and the tracking error signal input from the RF amplifier 44, and outputs these signals to the drive circuit of the objective lens driving mechanism of the optical pickup 42. Thus, the objective lens held in the objective lens driving mechanism is driven in a focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and a tracking direction orthogonal to the optical axis of the objective lens according to the focusing servo signal and the tracking servo signal. Variable Bit. The clock generated by the control unit 4 3 from the synchronization signal generates a rotation servo signal in synchronization with the frequency and phase of the reference clock of the crystal oscillator. Based on this, the spindle motor 41 rotates the disc 1 with C LV 1 0 1 .

子碼抽出部46自RF放大器44所輸入之資料抽出幀同步 信號之後所設置之1 4位元的子編碼,並輸出至子碼解調部 47。子碼解調部47依據EFΜ轉換表,將14位元之資料轉換 成8位元之資料。子碼解調部4 7以9 8幀構成1區塊,並生成 Ρ,Q,R,S,Τ,U,V,W通道的子碼。亦即,子碼解 調部4 7生成Ρ 1〜W 1至Ρ 9 6〜W 9 6,亦即生成9 6位元的子碼。 檢測部4 8檢測記錄識別貧料之权式。亦即’檢測部4 8 檢測Q通道之ADR是否為記錄識別資料的模式。除此之外 ,檢測部4 8亦可藉由檢測R〜W通道之子碼是否為固定值, -48- 1244069 發明說明續頁The subcode extraction section 46 extracts a 14-bit subcode set after the frame synchronization signal is extracted from the data input from the RF amplifier 44, and outputs it to the subcode demodulation section 47. The subcode demodulation section 47 converts 14-bit data into 8-bit data in accordance with the EFM conversion table. The subcode demodulation section 47 constitutes 1 block with 98 frames, and generates subcodes of P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W channels. That is, the sub-code demodulation section 47 generates P 1 to W 1 to P 9 6 to W 9 6, that is, it generates sub-codes of 96 bits. The detection unit 48 detects the weights of records to identify lean materials. That is, the 'detection section 48' detects whether the ADR of the Q channel is a mode for recording identification data. In addition, the detection section 48 can also detect whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is a fixed value, -48-1244069 Invention Description Continued

yiv.弋曰eu ifJR ό3Κ. Π'\ 自 Λ!'-Τ tr! !σσ &gt;5.χ, ^ Π” ΗτΓ ^ W Λ-7 ^ hV^ r,3T? λ?1! 3 7F—* H、J 記錄模式;亦可以記錄位置是否為脊來指定,亦可以此等 之組合來指定。 識別貧料调制部1 4 9以特定之調制方式調制自輸入端子 1 5 4所輸入之識別資料,並輸出至子碼調制部1 5 0。此時, 輸入於輸入端子1 5 4之資料,如圖1 9所示,除記錄於UDI p a y 1 〇 a d之識別資料外,為記錄於U D I i n d e X之a 0〜a 7的資yiv. 弋 eu ifJR ό3Κ. Π '\ Since Λ!'-Τ tr!! σσ &gt; 5.χ, ^ Π ″ ΗτΓ ^ W Λ-7 ^ hV ^ r, 3T? λ? 1! 3 7F— * H, J recording mode; it can also be specified whether the recording position is a ridge or a combination of these. Identification of the poor material modulation section 1 4 9 Modulates the identification input from the input terminal 1 5 4 with a specific modulation method The data is output to the sub-code modulation unit 150. At this time, the data input to the input terminal 154, as shown in Figure 19, is recorded in UDI in addition to the identification data recorded in UDI pay 1 〇ad. inde X of a 0 ~ a 7

料。 子碼調制部1 5 0藉由識別資料之記錄,對照射光束之幀 之子碼進行將8位元之資料位元系列轉換成1 4位元之通道 位元系列的解調處理。亦即,子碼調制部1 5 0如前述圖9 A 至圖9D所示,對記錄識別資料之幀進行如將0X4 Oh變成 OXOOh,將 0X41h 變成 OXOlh,將 0X44h 變成 0X04h,將 0X47h 變成〇X〇7h的處理,並依據圖8及圖9所示之EFM轉換表將 8位元之資料位元轉換成1 4位元的記錄碼系列。material. The subcode modulation unit 150 performs demodulation processing for converting the 8-bit data bit series into a 14-bit channel bit series for the subcode of the frame irradiating the beam by recording the identification data. That is, as shown in the aforementioned FIG. 9A to FIG. 9D, the sub-code modulation unit 1 50 performs, for example, the frame on which the identification data is recorded. 〇7h processing, and according to the EFM conversion table shown in Figure 8 and Figure 9 to convert 8-bit data bits into a 14-bit record code series.

切換部1 5 1切換記錄於光碟1 0 1内之識別資料的輸入。切 換部1 5 1依據檢測部4 8之控制,於檢測部4 8檢測出記錄識 別貢料的模式時啟動’未檢測出時則關閉。亦即’切換部 1 5 1僅於記錄識別資料時,將識別資料輸出至記錄處理部 5 2。記錄處理部1 5 2進行記錄於光碟1 0 1用之必要的記錄處 理,並將進行記錄處理之資料輸出至光拾取器4 2。 其次,參照圖2 3說明如以上構成之資料記錄裝置1 4 0之 識別貢料的記錄動作。首先5由用戶按下識別貢料的記錄 鈕時,資料記錄裝置1 4 0驅動心軸馬達4 1,並以一定之線 -49- 1244069 _ (44) I _明說明續頁The switching section 1 5 1 switches the input of the identification data recorded in the optical disc 1 01. The switching unit 151 is activated according to the control of the detection unit 48, and is activated when the detection unit 48 detects the mode of recording the identification material, and is closed when it is not detected. That is, the 'switching unit 1 5 1 outputs the identification data to the record processing unit 5 2 only when the identification data is recorded. The recording processing unit 15 2 performs necessary recording processing for recording on the optical disc 101, and outputs the data for recording processing to the optical pickup 42. Next, the recording operation for identifying the tributary material by the data recording device 140 configured as described above will be described with reference to FIG. First, when the user presses the record button for identifying the tribute, the data recording device 1 4 0 drives the spindle motor 4 1 and uses a certain line -49- 1244069 _ (44) I _ Instructions

速度旋轉安裝於構成光碟安裝部之光碟台上的光碟1。並 且光拾取器4 2照射光束於光碟1 0 1上。此時,輸出控制部 1 5 3以標準的輸出射出光束之方式控制光拾取器4 2的半導 體雷射。而光拾取器4 2在被控制部4 3控制成聚焦及追蹤伺 服的狀態下開始讀取資料。The optical disc 1 is mounted on the optical disc table constituting the optical disc mounting section at a speed of rotation. And the optical pickup 42 irradiates the light beam on the optical disc 1 0 1. At this time, the output control unit 153 controls the semiconductor laser of the optical pickup 42 in such a manner that a standard output emits a light beam. On the other hand, the optical pickup 42 starts reading data in a state where the control unit 43 controls the focus and tracking servo.

資料記錄裝置1 4 0於步驟S 1 1 1中,為將識別資料記錄於 可記錄區域内,係依據子碼解調部4 7解調之子碼的TO C 等,使光拾取器4 2執道跳越於識別資料之可記錄區域近旁 。資料記錄裝置1 4 0以子碼抽出部4 6抽出識別資料之可記 錄區域近旁的子碼,並於以子碼解調部4 7解調後,將8位 元之資料輸出至檢測部4 8。於步驟S 1 1 2中,檢測部4 8使用 Q通道之子碼之ADR内之識別資料判斷是否為識別資料 之可記錄區域。判斷為記錄識別資料之區域時,啟動切換 部1 5 1,並進入步驟S 1 1 3。判斷並非記錄識別資料之區域 時,則關閉切換部1 5 1,並進入步驟S 1 1 4。除此之外,檢 測4 8亦可藉由檢測R〜W通道之子碼是否為固定值,來指 定記錄識別資料的區域,而將裝置設定成識別資料的記錄 模式,亦可以記錄位置是否為脊來指定,亦可以此等之組 合來指定。 為記錄識別資料之區域時,於步驟S 11 3中,藉由輸入端 子1 5 4輸入識別資料時,識別資料調制部1 4 9以特定方式調 制識別資料。子碼調制部1 5 0藉由識別資料之記錄,對照 射光束之幀之子碼進行將8位元之資料位元系列轉換成1 4 位元之通道位元系列的調制處理。子碼調制部1 5 0經由切 -50- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (45) 換部1 5 1將經過調制處理之識別資料輸入記錄處理部1 5 2 。記錄處理部1 5 2將所輸入之識別資料輸出至光拾取器4 2 。此時,輸出控制部1 5 3為求藉由溶解反射膜熱記錄識別 資料,而將半導體雷射之輸出自標準電平切換成高電平。 資料記錄裝置1 4 0藉由於脊上虛擬形成溝,於圖1 8所示之 Q通道之子碼記錄區域,亦即自UDIindex至CRC的84位元 内記錄資料。具體而言,資料記錄裝置1 4 0於U DI i n d e X 内記錄a〇〜a7的資料,其次於5 6位元之UDI pay load内記錄 識別資料,其次於8位元之AFRΑΜΕ内記錄幀編號等位址 資訊,其次於1 6位元之C R C内記錄錯誤訂正碼。 並非記錄識別資料之模式時,檢測部4 8於步驟S 1 1 4中關 閉切換部1 5 1,禁止識別資料的記錄。 以下,參照圖24說明此等資料的記錄方法。另外,本圖 所示的例子係將上述圖9D所示之0X47h變成0X07h者。於 識別資料記錄前,識別資料記錄前之圖案A如圖24中之(A) 所示,於2 4位元之幀同步信號之後插入〔〇 0 〇〕之連接位 元,其次記錄〔 00100100100100〕(〇X47h)之子碼,其次 記錄〔100〕之連接位元。光碟1〇1於11T之長度的溝P1之 後設置11T之脊L1,其次設置7T之溝P2,其次設置3T之脊 L2,其次設置3T之溝P3,其次設置π之脊l3 ,其次設置 3T之溝P4,其次設置連接位元之3T以上,11T以下之脊L4。 資料記錄裝置1 4 0藉由於溝P 3至溝P 4照射高輸出之光 束’溶解反射膜進行熱記錄,於脊L 3之位置上虛擬形成 連接於溝P 3與溝P 4之溝,而形成圖1 4中之(B )所示之記錄 發明說明績頁 1244069 (46) 後的圖案A。另外,光束亦可局部照射於脊LJ上。因此, 記錄後之圖案a之子碼區域内記錄有〔oolooioooooooo〕 (0X07h)之圖案。亦即’光碟中’於11T之長度之/冓 之後設置丨1丁之脊L11,其次設置7T之溝p12,其次設置3T 之脊L12,其次設置9Τ之溝Ρ13,其次設置連接位元之3Τ 以上,11Τ以下之脊L13。、亦即’脊L4(L13)使溝13之長度 形成1 1 τ以下的長度,使與後續區塊之通道位元前半部之 間不超過1 1T,以避免違反EFM的轉換規則。 以下說明幀同步信號之圖案與上述例子相反時’如 圖2 4中之(C )所示,識別資料記錄前之圖案B於2 4位元 之巾貞同步信號之後插入〔0 0 1〕之連接位元’其次記錄 〔00100100100100〕(〇X47h)之子碼,其次記錄〔100〕之 連接位元。光碟101於11T之長度的脊L21之後設置11T之 溝P21,其次設置4T之脊L22,其次設置3T之溝P22,其次 設置3T之脊L23,其次設置3T之溝P23,其次設置3T之脊 L24,其次設置3T之溝P24,其次設置連接位元之3T以上 ,11T以下之脊L25。 資料記錄裝置1 4 0藉由於溝P 2 3至溝P 2 4照射高輸出之 光束,溶解反射膜進行熱記錄,於脊L24之位置上虛擬形 成連接於溝P23與溝P24之溝,而形成圖24中之(D)所示之 記錄後的圖案B。另外,光束亦可局部照射於脊乙3。因此 ’記錄後之圖案B之子碼區域内記錄有〔〇〇1〇〇1〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〕 (0X0 7 h)之圖案。亦即,光碟中,於&quot;τ之長度之脊L31 之後設置11Τ之溝Ρ31,其次設置4丁之脊l32,其次設置3Τ 1244069 發明說明績頁 (47) 其 脊 之溝P32,其次設置3丁厶脊L33’其次設置9T之溝P33 次設置連接位元之3Τ以上’ 11Τ以下之脊^4。亦即 L2 5 (L3 4)使溝33之長度形成11Τ以下的長度,使與後續區 塊之通道位元前半部之間不超過1丨丁,以避免違反EFM的 轉換規則。 如此,資料記錄裝置140藉由高輸出之光束的啟動關閉 ,形成包含因應識別資料之溝與脊的圖案’並在Q通道之 子碼内記錄識別資料。 如上構成之資料記錄裝置14 0藉由參照記錄有識別資料 之光碟1 0 1之UDI index之a〇〜旳,亦可進行識別資料的加 註。參照圖2 5加以說明。 於步驟S 1 2 1中,使資料記錄裝置1 4 0執道跳越於識別資 料的可記錄區域,進入記錄有識別資料之區域内。資料記 錄裝置1 4 0以子碼抽出部4 6抽出識別資料之可記錄區域的 子碼,以子碼解調部4 7解調後將8位元之資料輸出至檢測 部48。於步驟S22中,檢測部48檢測圖1 8及圖1 9所示之UDI 1 n d e X。檢測部4 8於步驟S 1 2 3中,判斷是否可進行識別資 料等的加註。如識別資料之資料長度未達記錄於標頭之合 °十巾貞(扇區)數時’指定記錄有識別資料之區域以外之幀作 為未記錄區域。於步驟s丨2 3中,檢測部4 8判斷有未記錄 區域時’進入步驟S 1 24,沒有未記錄區域時則進入步驟 S 1 2 5。 有未記錄區域時,於步驟S 1 2 4中,檢測部4 8啟動切換部 1 ’形成可加註識別資料的狀態。自輸入端子1 5 4輸入識 -53 - 1244069 _ (48) I發明說明續頁In step S 1 11, the data recording device 1 4 0 records the identification data in a recordable area, and makes the optical pickup 4 2 execute the TO C of the sub code demodulated by the sub code demodulation section 47. The track jump is near the recordable area of the identification data. The data recording device 1 40 extracts the subcodes near the recordable area of the identification data by the subcode extraction unit 46 and outputs the 8-bit data to the detection unit 4 after demodulation by the subcode demodulation unit 47. 8. In step S 1 12, the detection section 48 uses the identification data in the ADR of the subcode of the Q channel to determine whether it is a recordable area of the identification data. When it is determined that the identification data is recorded, the switching unit 15 is activated, and the process proceeds to step S 1 1 3. When it is judged that it is not the area where the identification data is recorded, the switching section 1 5 1 is turned off, and the process proceeds to step S 1 1 4. In addition, the detection 4 8 can also specify the area where the identification data is recorded by detecting whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is a fixed value, and the device is set to the recording mode of the identification data, and whether the recording position is a ridge To specify, or a combination of these. In the case where the identification data is recorded, in step S 11 3, when the identification data is input through the input terminal 15 4, the identification data modulation unit 1 4 9 modulates the identification data in a specific manner. The subcode modulation unit 150 performs modulation processing for converting an 8-bit data bit series into a 14-bit channel bit series by comparing the subcode of the frame of the beam with the identification data record. The sub-code modulation unit 150 passes through -50-1244069 Description of the Invention Continued (45) The conversion unit 1 51 inputs the modulation processing identification data into the recording processing unit 15 2. The recording processing unit 1 5 2 outputs the inputted identification data to the optical pickup 4 2. At this time, the output control unit 153 switches the output of the semiconductor laser from the standard level to the high level in order to obtain the thermally recorded identification data by dissolving the reflective film. The data recording device 140 records data in the subcode recording area of the Q channel shown in FIG. 18 by the virtual formation of grooves on the ridge, that is, within 84 bits from UDIindex to CRC. Specifically, the data recording device 140 records data of a0 ~ a7 in U DI inde X, followed by identification data in 56-bit UDI pay load, and secondly records frame number in 8-bit AFRΑΜΕ. Equal address information, followed by a 16-bit CRC error correction code. When it is not the mode for recording the identification data, the detection section 48 closes the switching section 151 in step S 1 1 4 to prohibit the recording of the identification data. Hereinafter, a method of recording such materials will be described with reference to FIG. 24. In addition, the example shown in this figure is obtained by changing 0X47h shown in FIG. 9D to 0X07h. Before the identification data record, the pattern A before the identification data record is shown in (A) of FIG. 24, and the connection bit of [〇0 〇] is inserted after the frame synchronization signal of 24 bits, followed by the record [00100100100100] (〇X47h) sub-code, followed by the connection bit of [100]. The optical disc 10 is provided with a ridge L1 of 11T after a groove P1 of a length of 11T, followed by a groove P2 of 7T, a ridge L2 of 3T, a groove P3 of 3T, a ridge 13 of π, and a ridge of 3T. The groove P4 is followed by a ridge L4 with a connection bit of 3T or more and 11T or less. The data recording device 1 40 performs thermal recording by dissolving the reflective film by irradiating a high-output beam 'from the groove P 3 to the groove P 4, and a groove connecting the groove P 3 and the groove P 4 is virtually formed at the position of the ridge L 3, and The pattern A after the recorded invention description page 1244069 (46) shown in (B) in FIG. 14 is formed. In addition, the light beam may be partially irradiated on the ridge LJ. Therefore, the pattern of [oolooioooooooo] (0X07h) is recorded in the sub-code area of the pattern a after recording. That is, the 'disc in the disc' is set after the length of 11T / 丨 1 ridge L11, followed by a 7T groove p12, followed by a 3T ridge L12, followed by a 9T groove P13, and then a connected bit 3T Above, ridge L13 below 11T. That is, the ridge L4 (L13) makes the length of the groove 13 less than 1 1 τ so that the distance from the first half of the channel bits of the subsequent block does not exceed 1 1T to avoid violating the conversion rules of EFM. In the following description, when the pattern of the frame synchronization signal is opposite to the above example, as shown in (C) in FIG. 24, the pattern B before the identification data is recorded is inserted into the [0 0 1] after the 24-bit frame synchronization signal. The connection bit 'records the subcode of [00100100100100] (〇X47h), and the connection bit of [100] is recorded next. The optical disc 101 is provided with a 11T ridge P21 after a 11T ridge L21, followed by a 4T ridge L22, a 3T ridge P22, a 3T ridge L23, a 3T ridge P23, and a 3T ridge L24. Secondly, a ditch P24 of 3T is set, and a ridge L25 of 3T or more and 11T or less are connected. The data recording device 1 40 is formed by irradiating a high-output light beam from the groove P 2 3 to the groove P 2 4 and dissolving the reflective film for thermal recording. A groove connecting the groove P23 and the groove P24 is virtually formed at the position of the ridge L24. The recorded pattern B shown by (D) in FIG. 24. In addition, the light beam may be partially irradiated on the spine B3. Therefore, a pattern of [00110, 100, 000, 000, 000] (0x0 7 h) is recorded in the subcode area of the pattern B after recording. That is, in the optical disc, a groove 11 of 11T is set after the ridge L31 of length "τ", a ridge 4 of 4 D is set next, and a 3T 1244069 is set next. (47) A ridge of P 31 is set, followed by 3 The ridge L33 'is followed by a groove of 9T, and the ridge of 33T or more is connected by P33. That is, L2 5 (L3 4) makes the length of the trench 33 less than 11T, so that the distance between the first half of the channel bits of the subsequent block and the first half is not more than 1 to avoid violation of the EFM conversion rule. In this way, the data recording device 140 forms a pattern including grooves and ridges corresponding to the identification data by turning on and off the high-output light beam, and records the identification data in the subcode of the Q channel. The data recording device 140 configured as described above can also add identification data by referring to a0 ~ 旳 of the UDI index of the optical disc 1101 on which the identification data is recorded. This will be described with reference to Figs. In step S 1 21, the data recording device 140 is caused to skip over the recordable area of the identification data and enter the area where the identification data is recorded. The data recording device 140 extracts the subcode of the recordable area of the identification data by the subcode extraction unit 46, and outputs the 8-bit data to the detection unit 48 after demodulation by the subcode demodulation unit 47. In step S22, the detection unit 48 detects the UDI 1 n d e X shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 19. The detection unit 48 determines in step S 1 2 3 whether or not refilling of identification data and the like is possible. If the data length of the identification data does not reach the total number recorded in the header ° 10 frames (sectors), the frame other than the area where the identification data is recorded is designated as the unrecorded area. In step s 丨 2 3, when the detecting section 48 determines that there is an unrecorded area, the process proceeds to step S 1 24, and when there is no unrecorded area, the process proceeds to step S 1 2 5. When there is an unrecorded area, in step S 1 2 4, the detection unit 48 activates the switching unit 1 ′ so that the identification data can be filled. Self input terminal 1 5 4 Input identification -53-1244069 _ (48) IInvention description Continued

別資料時,識別資料調制部1 4 9以特定方式調制識別資料 。子碼調制部1 5 0藉由識別資料之記錄,對照射光束之幀 之子碼進行將8位元之資料位元系列轉換成1 4位元之通道 位元系列的調制處理。子碼調制部1 5 0經由切換部1 5 1輸入 記錄處理部1 5 2,記錄處理部1 5 2輸出至光拾取器4 2。此時 ,輸出控制部1 5 3為求藉由溶解反射膜熱記錄識別資料, 而將半導體雷射之輸出自標準電平切換成高電平。資料記 錄裝置140藉由於脊上虛擬形成溝,於圖18所示之Q通道 之子碼記錄區域内加註識別資料。沒有未記錄區域時,於 步驟S 1 2 5中,檢測部4 8關閉切換部1 5 1,禁止識別資料的 加註。When differentiating data, the identification data modulation unit 149 modulates identification data in a specific way. The subcode modulation unit 150 performs modulation processing for converting the 8-bit data bit series into a 14-bit channel bit series for the subcode of the frame irradiating the beam by recording the identification data. The sub-code modulation section 1 50 is input to the recording processing section 15 2 via the switching section 1 51, and the recording processing section 15 2 is output to the optical pickup 42. At this time, the output control unit 153 switches the output of the semiconductor laser from a standard level to a high level in order to find out the thermal recording identification data by dissolving the reflective film. The data recording device 140 adds identification data in the subcode recording area of the Q channel shown in FIG. 18 by forming a groove virtually on the ridge. When there is no unrecorded area, in step S 1 2 5, the detection unit 48 closes the switching unit 15 1 and prohibits the addition of the identification data.

其次,參照圖2 6說明藉由上述資料記錄裝置1 4 0記錄有 識別資料之光碟1 〇 1進行再生的資料再生裝置1 60。該資料 記錄裝置1 6 0具備:旋轉記錄有識別資料之光碟1 0 1的心軸 馬達1 6 1 ;檢測對光碟1 0 1射出光束而反射回之光束的光拾 取器1 6 2 ;進行光拾取器1 6 2之對物透鏡之聚焦伺服控制及 追蹤伺服控制,並且進行心軸馬達1 6 1之旋轉伺服控制的 控制部163 ;自光拾取器162之輸出生成RF信號等的RF放 大器1 64 ;自RF信號檢測同步信號而生成時脈之同步信號 檢測部1 65 ;將内容資料等經EFM調制之記錄資料予以解 調的解調部1 6 6 ;及對經過解調之資料進行錯誤訂正處理 的錯誤訂正處理部1 6 7。 資料再生裝置1 6 0具備:自RF信號抽出子碼之子碼抽出 部1 6 8 ;將E F Μ調制之1 4位元之子碼解調成8位元,生成 -54- 1244069Next, a data reproduction device 160 for reproducing data from the optical disc 1101 in which the identification data is recorded by the data recording device 140 described above will be described with reference to Figs. The data recording device 160 includes: a spindle motor 16 1 that rotates the optical disc 1 0 1 on which identification data is recorded; an optical pickup 1 6 2 that detects a light beam emitted from the optical disc 1 0 and reflected back; Control unit 163 for focusing servo control and tracking servo control of the object lens of the pickup 1 6 2 and performing rotation servo control of the spindle motor 1 6 1; RF amplifier 1 that generates RF signals and the like from the output of the optical pickup 162 64; Synchronous signal detection section 1650 which generates a clock by detecting a synchronization signal from an RF signal; Demodulation section 1 6 for demodulating content data such as EFM-modulated recording data; and Errors on the demodulated data Correction processing error correction processing section 1 6 7. The data reproduction device 160 includes: a subcode extraction unit 168 that extracts a subcode from the RF signal; and demodulates the 14-bit subcode of the E F M modulation into 8 bits to generate -54-1244069.

發說明續頁 p〜W通道之子碼的子碼解調部1 6 9 ;檢測R〜W通道之子、、 的檢測部1 7 0 ;切換記錄於光碟1 〇 1之識別資料之輪出的士 換部1 7 1 ;及解調識別資料的解調部丨7 2。 心軸馬達1 6 1於心軸上一體性安裝有光碟台。光碟台藉 由對準光碟1 0 1之中心孔,以促使光碟1 〇丨之旋轉中心與心 車由之旋轉中心一致的定心狀態夾住。心軸馬達1 6丨與光碟 台一體地旋轉光碟1 〇 1。 、 光拾取器1 6 2具備:射出光束之光源的半導體雷射;將 自半導體雷射射出之光束予以聚光之對物透鏡;及檢測被 光碟1 〇 1之反射膜反射回之光束的光檢測器等。自半導體 雷射射出之光束藉由對物透鏡聚光,並照射於光碟1 〇丨之 偽號記錄面上。半導體雷射進行資料再生時,係以標準輸 出射出光束。被光碟1 〇 1之信號記錄面反射回之光束藉由 光檢測器轉換成電性信號,光檢測器將該電性信號輸出至 RF放大器1 64。對物透鏡被二軸致動器等對物透鏡驅動機 構支撐,於與對物透鏡之光軸平行之聚焦方向及與對物透 鏡之光軸直交之追蹤方向進行驅動變位。 RF放大器164依據自構成光拾取器162之光檢測器的輪 出信號,生成RF信號、聚焦錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號。 如聚焦錯誤信號係藉由像散像差法等生成,追蹤錯誤信號 係藉由二束法、推挽法等生成。而RF放大器i 6 4為求解調 經過EFM調制之資料,而將RF信號輸出至解調部166,並 且將水焦錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號輸出至控制部丨6 3。 同步信號檢測部1 6 5自RF信號檢測圖J所示之幀同步信 -55 - 1244069Sub-code demodulation section 169 for subcodes of channel p ~ W on the next page; detection section 170 for detecting children of channel R ~ W, and 、; switch the taxi of identification data recorded on disc 1 〇1 And a demodulation section 7 2 for demodulating the identification data. The spindle motor 1 6 1 is integrally mounted on the spindle. By aligning the center hole of the disc 101 with the disc table, it is clamped in a centering state in which the rotation center of the disc 10 is aligned with the rotation center of the cart. The spindle motor 16 is rotated integrally with the disc table 101. 1. The optical pickup 1 62 includes: a semiconductor laser of a light source that emits a light beam; an objective lens for condensing the light beam emitted from the semiconductor laser; and detection of light of the light beam reflected by the reflective film of the optical disc 1 〇1 Detector, etc. The light beam emitted from the semiconductor laser is condensed by the objective lens, and is irradiated on the pseudo-number recording surface of the optical disc 10. When a semiconductor laser is used to reproduce data, it emits light at a standard output. The light beam reflected by the signal recording surface of the optical disc 101 is converted into an electric signal by the photodetector, and the photodetector outputs the electric signal to the RF amplifier 164. The objective lens is supported by an objective lens driving mechanism such as a two-axis actuator, and is driven and displaced in a focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and a tracking direction orthogonal to the optical axis of the objective lens. The RF amplifier 164 generates an RF signal, a focus error signal, and a tracking error signal based on the rotation signal from the photodetector constituting the optical pickup 162. For example, the focus error signal is generated by the astigmatic aberration method and the like, and the tracking error signal is generated by the two-beam method and the push-pull method. The RF amplifier i 6 4 outputs the RF signal to the demodulation unit 166 for solving the modulated EFM data, and outputs the water focus error signal and the tracking error signal to the control unit 63. Sync signal detection unit 1 6 5 detects the frame sync signal shown in Figure J from the RF signal -55-1244069

發明說明續頁 號並且檢測將圖2及圖3所示之子碼予以解碼時的同步信 號。同步信號檢測部1 65自同步信號生成時脈。 控制部163依據自RF放大器164輸入之聚焦錯誤信號及 追縱錯誤信號’生成聚焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,並將 此等信號輸出至光拾取器162之對物透鏡驅動機構的驅動 電路上。藉此,保持於對物透鏡驅動機構之對物透鏡依據 聚焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,在與對物透鏡之光軸平行 之聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光軸直交之追蹤方向上進行 驅動變位。控制部163之自同步信號生成之時脈以與水晶 振盪器之基準時脈之頻率及相位同步之方式生成旋轉伺 服信號,據此,心軸馬達1 6 1如以CLV旋轉光碟丨〇 }。 解調部166依據EFΜ之十進制,解調内容資料等記錄資 料。具體而言,解調部166係依據前述圖8及圖9所示之efm 轉換表,將14位元之記錄碼系列轉換成8位元系列的資料 位元。錯誤訂正處理部167依據CIRC等十進制將經過解調 之記錄資料予以解調,並輸出至輸出端子丨73。如記錄資 料為聲頻資料時,自輸出端子173輸出之聲頻資料藉由 D/A轉換器,自數位信號轉換成類比信號,並自喇。八、耳 機、頭戴耳機等輸出。 T碼抽出部168自RF放大器164所輸入之資料抽出傾同 步信號之後所設置之丨4位元的子編碼,並輪出至子碼解調 部169。子碼解調部169依據EFM轉換表’將“位元之資= 轉換成8位元之資料。子碼解調部1 6 9以9 8幀 、々再成1區塊, 並生成?’(^,尺,8,丁’11,从,貿通道的子踩 士 &lt;』卞碼。亦即, -56- 1244069 _ (51) I發明說明續頁 子碼解調部169生成P1〜W1至P96〜W96,亦即生成96位元 的子碼。DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The page number is continued and a synchronization signal is detected when the subcodes shown in Figs. 2 and 3 are decoded. The synchronization signal detecting section 1 65 generates a clock from the synchronization signal. The control section 163 generates a focus servo signal and a tracking servo signal based on the focus error signal and the tracking error signal 'input from the RF amplifier 164, and outputs these signals to the drive circuit of the objective lens driving mechanism of the optical pickup 162. Thus, the objective lens held in the objective lens driving mechanism is driven in a focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and a tracking direction orthogonal to the optical axis of the objective lens according to the focusing servo signal and the tracking servo signal. Variable Bit. The clock generated from the synchronization signal of the control unit 163 generates a rotation servo signal in synchronization with the frequency and phase of the reference clock of the crystal oscillator. Based on this, the spindle motor 161 rotates the disc using CLV 丨 0}. The demodulation section 166 demodulates recorded data such as content data in accordance with the decimal of the EFM. Specifically, the demodulation unit 166 converts a 14-bit recording code series into an 8-bit data bit according to the efm conversion tables shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 described above. The error correction processing section 167 demodulates the demodulated recording data based on the decimal such as CIRC, and outputs it to the output terminal 73. If the recording data is audio data, the audio data output from the output terminal 173 is converted from digital signals to analog signals by a D / A converter, and then pulled. Eight, headphones, headphones and other outputs. The T-code extraction section 168 extracts the 4-bit sub-code set after synchronizing the signal input from the RF amplifier 164, and turns it out to the sub-code demodulation section 169. The sub-code demodulation unit 169 converts "bit data = 8-bit data according to the EFM conversion table. The sub-code demodulation unit 169 takes 9 8 frames, and then generates 1 block, and generates?" (^, Ruler, 8, Ding'11, from the sub-steps of the trade channel &lt; &quot; code. That is, -56-1244069 _ (51) I Description of the invention Continued page subcode demodulation section 169 generates P1 ~ W1 to P96 ~ W96, that is, a 96-bit subcode is generated.

檢測部1 7 0檢測再生識別資料之模式。亦即,檢測部1 7 0 檢測Q通道之ADR是否為再生識別資料的模式。除此之外 ,檢測部1 7 0亦可藉由檢測R〜W通道之子碼是否為固定值 ,來指定記錄識別資料的區域,而將裝置設定成識別資料 的記錄模式,亦可以記錄位置是否為脊來指定,亦可以此 等之組合來指定。檢測部1 7 0於再生識別資料模式時,啟 動切換部1 7 1,可將自子碼抽出部1 6 8所輸入之識別資料輸 出至解調部1 7 2。檢測部1 7 0於並非再生識別資料模式時, 表示並非識別資料的可記錄區域,而以自子碼抽出部1 6 8 所輸入之識別資料不輸入解調部1 7 2之方式關閉切換部 171 °The detection section 170 detects a mode for reproducing the identification data. That is, the detection unit 170 detects whether the ADR of the Q channel is a mode for reproducing identification data. In addition, the detection unit 170 can also designate the area where the identification data is recorded by detecting whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is a fixed value, and set the device to the recording mode of the identification data. It is specified for the ridge, and it can also be specified in a combination of these. When the detection unit 170 is in the regeneration identification data mode, the switching unit 17 is activated to output the identification data input from the subcode extraction unit 168 to the demodulation unit 172. When the detection section 170 is not in the regeneration identification data mode, it indicates that it is not a recordable area of the identification data, and the identification data input from the subcode extraction section 1 6 8 is not input to the demodulation section 1 72 to close the switching section. 171 °

識別資料解調部1 7 2自子碼解調部1 6 9經由切換部1 7 1輸 入有Q通道之子碼。識別資料解調部1 7 2參照記錄於圖1 8 所示之UDI index内之a〇〜a7,將記錄於UDI payload之識別 資料予以解調,並使用CRC進行錯誤訂正處理後輸出至輸 出端子174。 其次,參照圖2 7說明如上之資料再生裝置1 6 0之資料讀 取動作。用戶按下再生鈕時,資料再生裝置1 6 0驅動心軸 馬達1 6 1,並以一定之線速度旋轉安裝於構成光碟安裝部 之光碟台上的光碟101。並且光拾取器162照射光束於光碟 1 0 1上。此時,半導體雷射以標準的輸出射出光束。光拾 取器1 6 2藉由伺服控制部1 6 3控制成聚焦及追蹤控制的狀 -57- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (52) 態下開始讀取資料。The identification data demodulation section 172 inputs the subcode with the Q channel from the subcode demodulation section 169 through the switching section 171. The identification data demodulation unit 17 2 refers to a0 ~ a7 recorded in the UDI index shown in FIG. 18, demodulates the identification data recorded in the UDI payload, and uses CRC to perform error correction processing and outputs to the output terminal. 174. Next, the data reading operation of the data reproduction device 160 described above will be described with reference to FIG. When the user presses the reproduction button, the data reproduction device 160 drives the spindle motor 16 and rotates the optical disc 101 mounted on the optical disc table constituting the optical disc mounting portion at a constant linear speed. And the optical pickup 162 irradiates the light beam on the optical disc 1 01. At this time, the semiconductor laser emits a light beam with a standard output. The optical pickup 1 6 2 is controlled by the servo control unit 1 6 3 into the state of focus and tracking control. -57- 1244069 Description of the Invention Continued (52) Start reading data.

資料再生裝置1 6 0於步驟S 1 3 1中,為求將識別資料記錄 於可記錄區域内,而依據子碼解調部1 6 9解調之子碼的 T〇C等,使光拾取器1 4 2執道跳越於識別資料之可記錄區 域近旁。資料再生裝置1 6 0以子碼抽出部1 6 8抽出識別資料 之可記錄區域的子碼,並於以子碼解調部1 6 9解調後,將8 位元的資料輸出至檢測部1 7 0。於步驟S 1 3 2中,檢測部1 7 0 使用Q通道之子碼之ADR内之識別資料判斷是否為記錄 有識別資料而照射之區域。判斷為記錄識別資料之區域時 ,啟動切換部1 7 1,並進入步驟S 1 3 3。判斷並非記錄識別 資料之區域時,則關閉切換部1 7 1,並進入步驟S 1 3 4。除 此之外,檢測部1 70亦可藉由檢測R〜W通道之子碼是否為 固定值,來指定記錄有識別資料的區域,而將裝置設定成 識別資料的再生模式。In step S 1 31, the data reproduction device 160 is configured to record the identification data in a recordable area, and to make the optical pickup according to the TOC of the sub code demodulated by the sub code demodulation unit 16 9 1 4 2 Skip over the recordable area near the identification data. The data reproduction device 16 extracts the subcode of the recordable area of the identification data by the subcode extraction unit 16 and outputs the 8-bit data to the detection unit after demodulation by the subcode demodulation unit 16.9. 1 7 0. In step S 1 32, the detection unit 170 uses the identification data in the ADR of the subcode of the Q channel to determine whether or not the area is irradiated with the identification data recorded. When it is determined that the identification data is recorded, the switching unit 17 is activated, and the process proceeds to step S 1 3 3. When it is judged that it is not the area where the identification data is recorded, the switching section 1 71 is turned off, and the process proceeds to step S 1 3 4. In addition, the detection unit 1 70 can also designate the area where the identification data is recorded by detecting whether the subcodes of the R to W channels are fixed values, and set the device to the reproduction mode of the identification data.

於步驟S 1 3 3中,資料再生裝置1 6 0參照圖1 8及圖1 9所示 之UDI index之a0〜a7,算出合計幀數,判別記錄有識別資 料之區域長度。資料再生裝置1 6 0自子碼解調部1 6 9,經由 切換部1 7 1,將識別資料輸出至識別資料解調部1 7 2。識別 資料解調部1 7 2解調識別資料,進行錯誤訂正處理,並輸 出至輸出端子1 74。而後,如將識別資料之再生作為條件 ,以解調部1 6 6解調記錄於光碟1 0 1内之内容資料等之後, 以錯誤訂正處理部1 6 7進行錯誤訂正解碼處理,並自輸出 端子1 7 3輸出。如内容資料為聲頻資料等時,以D/A轉換 器自數位信號轉換成類比信號,並自喇。八、耳機、頭戴耳 -58- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (53) 機等音響轉換器輸出。 於步驟S 1 3 4中,資料再生裝置1 6 0之檢測部1 7 0關閉切換 部1 7 1,禁止識別資料的再生。另外,檢測部1 7 0亦可將該 狀態作為錯誤狀態,並於監視器等上顯示錯誤訊息。In step S 1 3, the data reproduction device 160 refers to a0 to a7 of the UDI index shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, calculates the total number of frames, and determines the length of the area where the identification data is recorded. The data reproduction device 16 outputs the identification data to the identification data demodulation section 172 via the switching section 171 from the subcode demodulation section 169. The identification data demodulation section 172 demodulates the identification data, performs error correction processing, and outputs it to the output terminal 174. Then, if the reproduction of the identification data is used as a condition, after demodulating the content data recorded on the optical disc 1 by the demodulation unit 16 6, the error correction decoding process is performed by the error correction processing unit 16 7 and outputted automatically. Terminal 1 7 3 output. When the content data is audio data, etc., the D / A converter is used to convert the digital signal into an analog signal, and then pull it. Eighth, headphones, earphones -58- 1244069 Description of the Invention Continued (53) Audio converter output. In step S 1 34, the detection unit 170 of the data reproduction device 160 closes the switching unit 17 1 and prohibits the reproduction of the identification data. In addition, the detection unit 170 may take this state as an error state and display an error message on a monitor or the like.

如以上詳述,應用本發明之光碟1 0 1於記錄識別資料之 區域内記錄I n d e X (U DI i n d e X)作為索弓丨,此處係記錄識別 資料之長度等,可輕易地進行識別資料的容量擴大。亦即 ,即使於記錄速度提高,每單位時間之記錄量增加時,藉 由變更其索引,可輕易地擴大容量。識別資料之資料長度 未達記錄於標頭之合計幀(扇區)數時,亦可指定記錄有識 別資料之區域以外之幀作為未記錄區域,可加註識別資料 等更多的資料。 其次,參照圖式說明應用本發明之光碟、對該光碟記錄 資料之資料記錄裝置及方法、與將記錄於該光碟内之資料 予以再生之資料再生裝置及方法的第三種實施形態。As detailed above, the optical disc 101 of the present invention is used to record Inde X (U DI inde X) as a cable bow in the area where the identification data is recorded. Here, the length of the identification data is recorded, which can be easily identified. Expanded data capacity. That is, even when the recording speed increases and the recording amount per unit time increases, the capacity can be easily expanded by changing its index. When the data length of the identification data does not reach the total number of frames (sectors) recorded in the header, frames other than the area where the identification data is recorded can be designated as the unrecorded area, and more information such as identification data can be added. Next, a third embodiment of a disc to which the present invention is applied, a data recording apparatus and method for recording data on the disc, and a data reproduction apparatus and method for reproducing data recorded in the disc will be described with reference to the drawings.

此處使用之光碟亦與前述之光碟同樣地,於内周側設有 記錄内容表(TOC ; Table of Contents)資料等的讀入區域 ,其外周側設有記錄内容資料等記錄資料的資料記錄區域 ,其外周側設有讀出區域,以CD相同之記錄格式,亦即 經 8 — 14 調制(EFM 調制:Eight to Fourteen Modulation)之 資料以前述圖1所示之記錄格式記錄。 此處使用之光碟亦經過如前述圖5所示的步驟製造。 製造該光碟用之原盤,係使用具備圖2 8所示之構造的切 割裝置2 2 1製造。該切割裝置2 2 1,與前述圖6所示之切割 -59- 1244069 (54) 發明說明續頁 裝置2 1的基本構造相同,與圖6所示裝置相同部分註記相 同符號作說明。該切割裝置2 2 1於圖6所示的裝置内進一步 具備連接位元控制部2 3 4。 圖2 8所示之切割裝置22 1具備:氬雷射、氦—鎘雷射等 氣體雷射等雷射源27;藉由使用波克爾斯效應之光電調制 器(EOM ; Elect or ical Optical Modulator)及使用超音波之 聲光調制器(AOM; Acoustic-Optical Modulator)等,依據 貧料產生器2 6之資料調制雷射光之光調制器2 8;反射經調 制之雷射光的反射鏡2 9 ;移動反射鏡2 9之移動機構3 〇 ;將 雷射光聚光亚照射於玻璃原盤3 5上之對物透鏡3丨;旋轉玻 璃原盤35之馬達32;及將對物透鏡3丨在對物透鏡3丨光軸方 向之聚焦方向上驅動變位之對物透鏡驅動機構W。 錯誤訂正編碼電路23如使用將類比之數位内容予以交 叉隔行掃描簧片所羅門 J 、屏石馬(C r 〇 s s InterleaveThe optical disc used here is also provided with a reading area such as table of contents (TOC; Table of Contents) data on the inner periphery side, and data records such as recorded content data on the outer periphery side. The readout area on the outer peripheral side is recorded in the same recording format as CD, that is, the data of 8-14 modulation (EFM: Eight to Fourteen Modulation) is recorded in the recording format shown in FIG. 1 described above. The optical disc used here is also manufactured through the steps shown in FIG. 5 described above. The original disc for manufacturing the optical disc is manufactured using a cutting device 2 2 1 having a structure shown in Fig. 28. This cutting device 2 2 1 is the same as the cutting shown in Fig. 6 above -59- 1244069 (54) Description of the Invention Continued The basic structure of the device 2 1 is the same as that of the device shown in FIG. The cutting device 2 2 1 further includes a connection bit control unit 2 3 4 in the device shown in FIG. 6. The cutting device 22 1 shown in FIG. 8 is provided with a laser source 27 such as an argon laser, a helium-cadmium laser, and the like; and a photoelectric modulator using the Pockels effect (EOM; Elect; ) And the use of an acoustic acoustic-optical modulator (AOM; Acoustic-Optical Modulator), etc., based on the data of the lean generator 2 6 to modulate the laser light modulator 2 8; reflecting the modulated laser light reflector 2 9 ; Moving mechanism 30 for moving the mirror 29; the objective lens 3 丨 for radiating the laser light on the glass master 35; the motor 32 for rotating the glass master 35; and the objective lens 3 丨 for the objective The lens 3 drives an objective lens driving mechanism W in the focusing direction of the optical axis direction. If the error correction coding circuit 23 uses the digital content of the analog to interleave the interlaced scanning reed, Solomon J, Ping Shima (C r 〇 s s Interleave

Reed-s〇l〇m〇n Code ; CIRC)的 ^ w卞進制,貫施於抽樣内組合 交叉隔行掃描與4次之簧片所羅弓 、准門碼的編碼,並輸出至調 制電路2 4。 調制電路2 4如依據E F Μ之十進制對錯誤訂正編碼電路 23之編石馬輸出實施調制處王里,並輸出至資料產纟器26。且 體而吕,言周制電路24依據前述圖7及圖8所示之翻轉換表 ,气小掃指寬度(最小反轉間隔〜㈨為2,使最大掃描寬 度(取大反轉間隔Tmax)為1〇Reed-s〇l0mn Code; CIRC), which is applied to the combination of interlaced scanning and reed solo bow and quasi-gate code 4 times in the sample, and output to the modulation circuit twenty four. The modulation circuit 24 executes modulation processing on the output of the stone horse of the error correction coding circuit 23 in accordance with the decimal of EFM, and outputs it to the data generator 26. As a matter of fact, according to the turning conversion table shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 described above, the small-circle circuit 24 has a small sweep finger width (the minimum inversion interval ~ ㈨ is 2 to make the maximum scanning width (take the large inversion interval Tmax). ) Is 1〇

^ U將8位70之糸列轉換成M 元的記錄碼系列。 碼,並 子碼產生器25因應記錄之資料產生位址資訊等子 -60. 發明說8月續頁 1244069 (55) 藉由將其EFM調制,將8位元系列之資料位元轉換成14位 元之記錄瑪系列。子碼產生器2 5,作為纪錄識別資料之區 域的子碼,彥生特定之顯示於圖7及圖8之E F M轉換表中之 ^ 8位元系列的資料位元,並轉換成1 4位元的έ己錄碼系列。、. 此時,子瑪產生器2 5 ’作為記錄識別資料之區域的子碼 · ,於調制後之1 4位元之記錄碼系列内記錄識別資料後予以 解調時,自8位元系列之資料位元的上階起第二位元,亦 即子瑪之Q通道自〔1〕轉換成〔〇〕’旅且自上階第三位 _ 元至最後位元,亦即至子碼之R〜W通道產生相同的資料位 元。該資料於EFM調制後之14位元的圖案中’藉由在溝間 之脊上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時’新形成之 · 溝長係選擇滿足EFM調制之調制規則,亦即滿足最大反轉 . 間隔丁 m a X為1 〇 ’最小反轉間隔T m i η為2之條件者。 如前述圖9C所示,子碼產生器25以EFM轉換表之十進 制選擇第68個之〇X44h〔 0 1 000 1 00〕作為記錄識別資料 之區域的子碼。係因〇X44h於EFM調制時變成14位元的 | 〔01000100100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第二個脊1 上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,變成1 4位元的 〔01000100000000〕,解調時,除上階第二位元之Q通道 ’ 外,變成相同圖案之第4個之0X04h〔 00000100〕。 ' 再者,如圖9D所示,子碼產生器25以EFM轉換表之十進 .^ U converts the 8-bit 70 line into a M-ary record code series. Code and subcode generator 25 generates address information and so on in accordance with the recorded data. 60. Invention continued August 1244069 (55) By modulating its EFM, the 8-bit series of data bits are converted into 14 Bit's Record Ma Series. The subcode generator 25, as the subcode of the area for recording identification data, Yansheng specifically displays the ^ 8-bit series of data bits shown in the EFM conversion table of Fig. 7 and Fig. 8 and converts them into 14 bits Yuan's hand-coded series. At this time, the sub-ma generator 2 5 'is used as the sub-code of the area where the identification data is recorded, and it is demodulated after recording the identification data in the modulated 14-bit recording code series, from the 8-bit series. The second bit from the upper level of the data bit, that is, the Q channel of Zima is converted from [1] to [〇] ', and from the third bit of the upper level to the last bit, that is, to the subcode. The R ~ W channels produce the same data bits. The data in the 14-bit pattern after EFM modulation 'dissolves the reflective film by irradiating the beam on the ridges between the grooves, and when the grooves are formed virtually', the newly formed groove length is chosen to meet the modulation rules of EFM modulation, and That is, the condition that the maximum inversion is satisfied. The interval ma X is 10, and the condition that the minimum inversion interval T mi η is 2 is satisfied. As shown in the aforementioned FIG. 9C, the subcode generator 25 selects the 68th OX44h [0 1 000 1 00] as the subcode of the area in which the identification data is recorded in the decimal form of the EFM conversion table. Because OX44h becomes 14-bit during EFM modulation | [01000100100100], the light beam is irradiated on the second ridge 1 of the pattern modulated by NRZI to dissolve the reflective film, and when a groove is virtually formed, it becomes a 14-bit [ 01000100000000], during demodulation, except for the Q channel of the second bit of the upper order, it becomes 0X04h [00000100] of the fourth one in the same pattern. 'Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 9D, the subcode generator 25 uses the decimal of the EFM conversion table.

制選擇第71個之0X47h〔 0 1 0 00 1 1 1〕作為記錄識別f料 之區域的子碼。係因0X47h於EFM調制時變成14位元的 〔 00100100100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第二個脊L -61 - 1244069 (56) 發明 上照射光束浴解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,變成1 4位; 〔00 1 00 1 00000000〕,解調時,除上階第二位元之3 外,變成相同圖案之第7個之0X07h〔00000111 :: \The system selects the 71st of 0X47h [0 1 0 00 1 1 1] as the subcode of the area identifying the f material. Because 0X47h became a 14-bit [00100100100100] during EFM modulation, the second ridge L -61-1244069 of the pattern modulated by NRZI was irradiated with a beam bath to reflect the film, and when a groove was virtually formed, It becomes 14 bits; [00 1 00 1 00000000], when demodulating, except for the third bit of the upper order, it becomes the seventh of the same pattern, 0X07h [00000111 :: \

子碼產生器25作為須記錄識別資料之區域的子碼,釭 生成如上之子碼,將特定之脊反轉成溝,因應於8位殳I 列中須記錄Q通道的資料,使〔1〕反轉成〔〇〕,而^二 錄識別資料,並於識別資料之記錄前後將通道R〜w形吱二 定值,即可檢測記錄及/或再生記錄識別資料之區域^二 錄有識別資料之區域的裝置。 ~ 如圖28所示,資料產生器26自調制電路24輸入有經它^ 調制之記錄資料,並且自子碼產生器25輸入有子碼。資'21 產生器26於記錄碼系列之14位元的區塊間插入自連接、 元控制部234所輸入的連接位元。資料產生器%使記鲦= 系列為1 7位元,生成前述圖!所示之資料。資料產生器^ 將生成之資料輸出至光調制器2 8。 ^The subcode generator 25 is used as the subcode of the area where the identification data must be recorded. It generates the above subcodes and reverses the specific ridges into grooves. Therefore, the data of the Q channel must be recorded in the 8-bit 殳 I column. Into [〇], and ^ two recorded identification data, and before and after the identification data is recorded, the channel R ~ w-shaped two fixed values, you can detect and / or reproduce the area of recorded identification data Device in the area. ~ As shown in FIG. 28, the data generator 26 inputs the recording data modulated by it from the modulation circuit 24, and the subcode is input from the subcode generator 25. The resource '21 generator 26 inserts the connection bit input from the connection and meta control unit 234 between the 14-bit blocks of the recording code series. The data generator% makes the note = series is 17 bits and generates the aforementioned picture! Information shown. The data generator ^ outputs the generated data to the light modulator 28. ^

連接位το控制部2 3 4產生插入於記錄碼系列之丨4位元之 區塊間之3位元的連接位元。除記錄識別資料之區域之+ 編碼的後續連接位元外,連接位元控制部234參照連續之 兩個記錄碼系列的區塊,滿足EFM轉換規則之最大反轉間 隔TmaxMO,最小反轉間隔Tmin = 2,再自〔〇〇〇〕、〔 1〇〇〕 、〔010〕、〔 001〕中選擇使數位總值(DSV;Digitai SumVaie) 之、纟巴對值更小’且低頻成分更少的連接位元,並輸出至資 料產生器2 6。 連接位兀控制部2 3 4選擇識別資料之記錄區域之子編爲 -62- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (57) 的後續連接位元時,自上述四個連接位元的組合選擇滿足 EFM轉換規則,亦即滿足最大反轉間隔Tmax為1 0,最小 反轉間隔Tmin為2之條件,且特定之位元始終形成脊者。 具體而言,連接位元控制部2 3 4係自〔0 0 0〕以外之圖案, 亦即自〔100〕、〔010〕、〔001〕中選擇DSV最佳者作為連 接位元。此因,圖7及圖8所示之E F Μ轉換表中,記錄碼系 列之前半部之〔0〕的最大長度為8,圖9C所示之第4個之 0X04h及圖9D所示之第7個之〇X〇7h後半部之〔〇〕數為8 個,於連接位元内使用〔〇〇〇〕時,超過最大反轉間隔丁max 的10 〇 再者,連接位元控制部2 3 4亦 〜俘L 」作為識 別資料之記錄區域之子編碼的後續連接位元。此因圖7及 圖8所示之EFM轉換表中,記錄碼系列之前半部之〔〇〕的 最大長度為8,於連接位元内使用〔1〇〇〕時,〇之數最大 為1 〇 ’而始終滿足最大反轉間隔T m a X。亦p ^ 办即,連接位元 控制部234選擇至少具有&quot;〕之連接位元作為識別資料之 記錄區域之子編碼的後續連接位元。目記錄資料以㈣! 記錄’並以〔1〕反轉,因此使用具有 ^ 7 L 1〕之連接位元時 ,於子編碼之區塊與後續之區塊間不 丁_\的10。 超過最大反轉間隔 。該裝置221中, 入至A/D轉換器 換成數位信號, 編碼電路2 3實施 參照圖2 9說明上述切割裝置2 2丨的動作 於須記錄之抽樣資料經由輸入端子22 a輪 22時,A/D轉換器22將資料自類比信^ 亚輸出至錯誤訂正編碼電路23,錯誤訂正 Z. -63 - (58)1244069 於抽樣内組合交 ’並輸出至調制 資料予以EFΜ調 之EFM轉換表, 換成1 4位元,並 於步驟S 2 0 2中 之區域。為記錄 非記錄識別資料 寺的區域時,進 於步驟S203中 為識別資料之記 至資料產生器2 6 &lt; 以外之圖案,亦 最佳者作為連接 連接位元控制 步驟S204中,參 、〔100〕\〔 010 Tmax= 1 0,Tmin = 控制部2 3 4自步.ϋ 的連接位元,並 而後,連接位 個資料的處理》 資料產生器2 6 生器25輸入有子 發明說明續頁 叉隔行掃描與4次之簧片所羅門碼的編碼 包路2 4。於步驟S 2 0 1中,調制電路2 4將 制。亦即,調制電路24依據圖7及圖8所示 將須記錄之資料以EFM轉換表自8位 輸出至資料產生器2 6。 ,切剎裝置22 1判斷是否為記錄識別資料 識別資料之區域時,進入步驟S2〇3,並 之區域,亦即為以一般模式記錄内容資料 入步驟S 2 0 4。 ,連接位几控制部2 3 4始終選擇〔;ι 〇 〇〕作 錄區域之子編碼的後續連接位元,並輸出 另外,連接位元控制部2 3 4亦可自〔〇 〇 〇〕 即自〔100〕、〔 010〕、〔 001〕巾選擇 Dsv 位元。 部234於並非記錄識別資料之區域時,於 照相鄰區塊之14位元的資料,自〔〇〇〇〕 〕〔〇 0 1〕中選擇滿足E F Μ轉換規則之 =2之連接位元。於步驟S2〇5中,連接位元 IS204中選擇之連接位元中選擇Dsv最佳 輸出至資料產生器2 6。 元控制部23 4於步驟S206中,進行對下— 亦即進行自步驟S2 02的處理。 自調制電路24輸入有資料,並且自子碼產 碼等資料,將此等資料相加,並於丨4位- -64- (59) 1244069 發明說明續頁 之區塊間至少插入3位元的連接位元,生成記錄資料,以 NRZI調制該記錄資料,並輸出至光調制器28。 另外,雷射源27射出雷射光,雷射光射入光調制器μ 。光調制器24依據自資料產生器2 6之輸入調制雷射光。亦· 即,光調制器24自資料產生器%輸入有〔丨〕時,調制雷·, 射光。被光調制器2 4調制之雷射光射入反射鏡2 9。反射鏡 2 9係藉由移動機構3 〇移動,俾能於整個玻璃原盤3 5之内外 周掃描雷射光。而雷射光藉由對物透鏡3丨聚光,並藉由旋 _ 轉驅動部之心軸馬達32照射於以恒線速度(CLV ; c〇nstant linear velocity)等旋轉的玻璃原盤3 5上。此時,對物透鏡 3 1藉由對物透鏡驅動機構3 3驅動變位於雷射光之光軸方 ·· 向,形成聚焦控制。 . 原盤35如以上地曝光,轉印有該原盤35圖案之光碟1於 記錄識別資料之可記錄區域,藉由記錄圖9C所示之0X44h 、圖9D所示之〇X47h等14位元的記錄碼系列,至少以圖4 所示之酬載與錯誤訂正碼之區域全部為〔1〕的方式記錄 籲 資料。 其次,參照圖3 0說明於經過上述步驟所形成之本例之光 · 碟上記錄識別資料的資料記錄裝置。 : 此時使用之資料記錄裝置2 4 0亦與上述資料記錄裝置4 0 - ,1 4 0同樣地具備:旋轉應用本發明之光碟2 0 1的心軸馬達 4 1 ;檢測對光碟2 〇 1射出光束而反射回之光束的光拾取為 42 ;進行光拾取器42之對物透鏡之聚焦伺服控制及追縱祠 服控制,並且進行心軸馬達4 1之旋轉控制的控制部4 3 ;自 -65- 1244069 _ (60) 發明說明續頁 藉由光拾取器42檢測出之檢測輸出生成RF信號等的RF放 大器4 4 ;自R F信號檢測同步信號而生成時脈之同步信號 檢測部45 ;自RF信號抽出子碼之子碼抽出部46 ;將經EF Μ 調制之1 4位元的子碼解調成8位元,而生成Ρ〜W通道之子 碼的子碼解調部4 7 ;及檢測R〜W通道之子碼的檢測部4 8 。此等構造與上述資料記錄裝置4 0,1 4 0相同,因此註記 相同符號,並省略其詳細說明。The connection bit το control unit 2 3 4 generates a connection bit of 3 bits inserted between the 4-bit blocks of the recording code series. Except for the + encoding subsequent connection bits of the area where the identification data is recorded, the connection bit control section 234 refers to two consecutive blocks of the recording code series, and satisfies the maximum inversion interval TmaxMO and the minimum inversion interval Tmin of the EFM conversion rule. = 2, then select from [00〇], [100], [010], [001] to make the digital total value (DSV; Digitai SumVaie), the barn pair value smaller, and the low-frequency component The connected bits are output to the data generator 26. When the connection bit control unit 2 3 4 selects the sub-number of the recording area of the identification data as -62-1244069, the subsequent connection bits of the continuation page (57), the combination of the above four connection bits is selected to satisfy the EFM conversion rule. That is, the condition that the maximum inversion interval Tmax is 10 and the minimum inversion interval Tmin is 2 is satisfied, and a specific bit always forms a ridge. Specifically, the connection bit control unit 2 3 4 is a pattern other than [0 0 0], that is, the best DSV is selected from [100], [010], and [001] as the connection bit. For this reason, in the EF M conversion tables shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, the maximum length of [0] in the first half of the recording code series is 8, the fourth one shown in FIG. 9C is 0X04h and the first one shown in FIG. 9D is The number of [〇] in the second half of 7 0 × 07h is 8. When [00〇] is used in the connection bit, the maximum reversal interval 丁 max exceeds 10 0. Furthermore, the connection bit control unit 2 3 4 ~~ L ”is used as the subsequent connection bit of the sub-encoding of the recording area of the identification data. Therefore, in the EFM conversion table shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, the maximum length of [〇] in the first half of the record code series is 8, and when [1〇〇] is used in the connection bit, the maximum number of 0 is 1. 〇 'and always satisfy the maximum inversion interval T ma X. In other words, the connection bit control unit 234 selects a connection bit having at least &quot;] as a subsequent connection bit of the sub-encoding of the recording area of the identification data. The recorded data is recorded by ㈣! And reversed by [1]. Therefore, when using the connection bit with ^ 7 L 1], the sub-coded block and the subsequent blocks are more than 10%. Exceeded maximum reversal interval. In this device 221, the A / D converter is replaced with a digital signal, and the encoding circuit 2 3 is implemented with reference to FIG. 29 to explain the operation of the cutting device 2 2 丨 when the sample data to be recorded passes through the input terminal 22 a wheel 22, The A / D converter 22 outputs the data from the analog signal ^ to the error correction coding circuit 23, and the error correction Z. -63-(58) 1244069 is combined in the sample and output to the EFM conversion table for modulation data for EFM adjustment. , Replace it with 14 bits, and the area in step S202. In order to record a non-recorded area of the identification data temple, proceed to step S203 to record the identification data to a pattern other than the data generator 2 6 &lt; and the best one is used as the connection bit control step S204. 100] \ [010 Tmax = 1 0, Tmin = control unit 2 3 4 step by step. Ϋ the connection bit, and then the processing of the connection data》 Data generator 2 6 generator 25 input with the invention description continued Page fork interlaced scanning with 4 times reed Solomon code encoding packet path 2 4. In step S 2 01, the modulation circuit 24 is controlled. That is, the modulation circuit 24 outputs the data to be recorded from the 8-bit data to the data generator 26 according to the EFM conversion table according to Figs. 7 and 8. When the cutting brake device 22 1 judges whether it is the area where the identification data is recorded, the process proceeds to step S203, and the area, that is, the content data is recorded in the general mode, and the process proceeds to step S204. The connection bit control unit 2 3 4 always selects [; ι 〇〇] as the subsequent connection bit of the sub-encoding of the recording area and outputs it. In addition, the connection bit control unit 2 3 4 can also start from [〇〇〇] [100], [010], [001] select the Dsv bit. When the part 234 is not an area where identification data is recorded, it selects the connection bit that satisfies the EF M conversion rule = 2 from [00〇]] [〇0 1] according to the 14-bit data of the adjacent block. . In step S205, the best Dsv is selected from the connection bits selected in the connection bit IS204 and output to the data generator 26. In step S206, the meta-control unit 234 performs the next-to-that is, the processing from step S202. The self-modulation circuit 24 inputs data, and generates data from subcodes, and adds the data, and inserts at least 3 bits between the 4-bit--64- (59) 1244069 invention description. The connected bits generate the recorded data, and the recorded data is modulated by NRZI and output to the optical modulator 28. In addition, the laser source 27 emits laser light, and the laser light enters the optical modulator μ. The optical modulator 24 modulates the laser light according to the input from the data generator 26. That is, when the light modulator 24 has [丨] input from the data generator%, it modulates the light and emits light. The laser light modulated by the light modulator 24 is incident on the mirror 29. The mirror 29 is moved by the moving mechanism 30, so that the laser light can be scanned inside and outside the entire glass original disk 35. The laser light is condensed by the objective lens 3, and is irradiated on the glass original disk 35, which is rotated at a constant linear velocity (CLV; constant linear velocity), by the spindle motor 32 of the rotary drive unit. At this time, the objective lens 31 is driven by the objective lens driving mechanism 3 3 to change the direction of the optical axis of the laser light to form a focus control. The original disc 35 is exposed as described above, and the disc 1 with the pattern of the original disc 35 transferred to the recordable area of the recording identification data is recorded by recording 14-bit records such as 0X44h shown in FIG. 9C and 0X47h shown in FIG. 9D. The code series records the data at least in such a way that the areas of the payload and error correction codes shown in Figure 4 are all [1]. Next, a data recording device for recording identification data on the optical disc of this example formed by the above steps will be described with reference to FIG. : The data recording device 2 4 0 used at this time is also the same as the data recording device 40-, 1 4 0 described above: a spindle motor 4 1 that rotates the optical disc 2 0 1 of the present invention, and detects a pair of optical discs 2 0 1 The optical pickup of the light beam that is emitted and reflected back is 42; the control unit 4 3 that performs the focus servo control of the objective lens and the chase clothing control of the optical pickup 42 and performs the rotation control of the spindle motor 41; -65- 1244069 _ (60) Description of the invention Continued page RF amplifier 4 4 that generates RF signals and the like by the detection output detected by the optical pickup 42; Synchronous signal detection unit 45 that generates clocks by detecting the synchronization signal from the RF signal; A subcode extracting section 46 for extracting a subcode from the RF signal; a subcode demodulating section 47 for demodulating the 14-bit subcode subjected to EF M modulation into 8 bits, and generating a subcode of the P ~ W channel subcode; and The detecting section 4 8 for detecting the sub-codes of the R to W channels. These structures are the same as those of the above-mentioned data recording devices 40, 140, and therefore the same symbols are given, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted.

圖3 0所示之資料記錄裝置2 4 0具備:切換成記錄識別資 料模式用的第一切換部249 ;檢測子編碼之後續連接位元 的連接位元檢測部2 5 0 ;調制識別資料之調制部2 5 1 ;切換 記錄於光碟1内之識別資料之輸入的第二切換部2 5 2 ;將識 別資料記錄於光碟2 0 1内時之進行記錄處理的記錄處理部 2 5 3 ;及控制光拾取器42射出之光束之輸出的輸出控制部 254。The data recording device 2 40 shown in FIG. 30 includes a first switching unit 249 for switching to the recording identification data mode, a connection bit detection unit 250 for detecting subsequent connection bits of the sub-code, and modulation identification data. Modulation section 2 5 1; second switching section 2 5 2 that switches input of identification data recorded in optical disc 1; recording processing section 2 5 3 that performs recording processing when recording identification data in optical disc 2 1; and An output control unit 254 that controls the output of the light beam emitted from the optical pickup 42.

本例之資料記錄裝置2 4 0中,子碼抽出部4 6自RF放大器 44所輸入之資料抽出幀同步信號之後所設置之1 4位元的 子編碼,並輸出至指定識別資料之記錄區域用的子碼解調 部47,再經由檢測子編碼之後續位元用之第一切換部249 輸出至連接位元檢測部2 5 0。 子碼解調部47依據EFM轉換表,將記錄有識別資料之區 域的子碼自1 4位元之資料轉換成8位元之資料。子碼解調 部47以98幀構成1區塊,並生成P,Q,R,S,T,U,V, W通道的子碼。亦即,子碼解調部4 7生成Ρ 1〜W 1至 Ρ 9 6〜W 9 6,亦即生成9 6位元的子碼。而後,子碼解調部4 7 -66- (61) 1244069 發明說明續頁 將自子碼抽出之位址資訊等輸出至控制部4 3。 错此,控制 部43可使光拾取器42進入識別資料的記錄區域内。 檢測部4 8檢測顯示是否為記錄識別資料模次 ^ 、的負料。亦 即,檢測部48係以Q通道之ADR檢測顯示是 。❻记錄識別 資料模式的資料。 此時,檢測部48於並非記錄識別資料之模式時,自輸出 端子2 5 5輸出錯誤訊息等,可在監視器上顯示該錯誤訊阜 ,此外,為記錄識別資料之模式時,係自輪出端= 出其通知訊息,可顯示於監視器等上。檢測部打僅於形成 記錄識別資料模式時,啟動第—及第二切換部249 , 252。 連接位元檢測部25 0判斷記錄識別資料之區域之子編碼In the data recording device 24 of this example, the subcode extraction unit 46 extracts a 14-bit subcode set after extracting the frame synchronization signal from the data input by the RF amplifier 44 and outputs it to the recording area of the designated identification data. The used subcode demodulation unit 47 is then output to the connected bit detection unit 250 through a first switching unit 249 for detecting subsequent bits of the subcode. The subcode demodulation section 47 converts the subcode of the area in which the identification data is recorded from 14-bit data to 8-bit data according to the EFM conversion table. The subcode demodulation section 47 constitutes one block with 98 frames, and generates subcodes for P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W channels. That is, the sub-code demodulation section 47 generates P 1 to W 1 to P 9 6 to W 9 6, that is, it generates sub-codes of 96 bits. Then, the subcode demodulation section 4 7 -66- (61) 1244069 Description of the Invention Continued page The address information and the like extracted from the subcode are output to the control section 43. If this is not the case, the control unit 43 may cause the optical pickup 42 to enter the recording area of the identification data. The detecting section 48 detects whether the negative material of the identification data pattern ^, is displayed. That is, the detection section 48 shows that the ADR detection of the Q channel is. ❻ Record the data of the identification data pattern. At this time, when the detection unit 48 is not in the mode for recording the identification data, an error message is output from the output terminal 2 5 5 and the error message can be displayed on the monitor. In addition, when it is the mode for recording the identification data, it is a round. Outgoing = Show its notification message, which can be displayed on the monitor, etc. The detection unit activates the first and second switching units 249, 252 only when the recording identification data mode is formed. Connection bit detection unit 25 0 determines the sub-code of the area where the identification data is recorded

的後續連接位元是否為特定值,4 θ不炎L 〜m,如疋否為上述之〔1〇〇〕 。當然’連接位元檢測部2 5 〇亦开、#广、力拉, υ万可進仃連接位元是否並非 〔 000〕,亦即連接位元是否呈士 r,、 疋古具有〔1〕的判斷。此因,若 為特定值以外之連接位元,於4 &amp; μ — 於3己錄識別貧料時,Tmax超 過1 0,而可能違反EFM轉換招日|丨 狹規則。而後,連接位元檢測部 2 50於子編碼之後續連接位元 凡马特定值時,啟動第二切換 部2 5 2 ’不是特定值時,關閉 明闭弟二切換部252。亦即,第二 切換部2 5 2於子編碼之後續诖 、連接位το非特定值時,不自調 制部2 5 1輸入識別資料至記錄 ^ 、里邛2 5 3。連接位元檢測部 250於連接位元並非特定值 、,— 、可自輸出端子255輸出錯誤 说息,亚顯不於監視器上, 水通知用戶。 調制部251以特定之調制 X々w w - u 式凋制自輸入端子25 6所輪 入之識別貧料,並經由第二 询 換部2 5 2輸出至記錄處理部 ~ 67 - 1244069 梦明說明續頁 二/己餘處理部2 5 3進行記錄於光碟1用之必要記錄處理 _ I將進仃記錄處理之資料輪出至光拾取器42。另外,自 輪2端子2 5 6輸入之資料係上述圖4所示的資料。 二人’參照圖3 1說明以上構成之資料記錄裝置240之識 別貧料的記錄動作。 、’先由用戶按下識別資料的記錄鈕時,資料記錄裝置 240 '動心軸馬達41,i以一定之線速度旋轉安裝於構成 ^碟安裝邛之光碟台上的光碟2 〇 1。並且光拾取器〇照射 光束於光碟201上。此時,輸出控制部254以標準的輸出射 出光束之方式控制光拾取器42的半導體雷射。而光拾取器 、控制邛4 3控制成聚焦及追縱伺服的狀態下妒括 取資料。 ^ σ項 。檢測部48於判斷並非記錄識別資料之區域時,關閉第一 及第二切換部249,252,並進入步驟S214。 除此之外,檢測部4 8亦可藉由檢測R〜W通道之子碼是否 為固定值,來指定記錄識別資料的區域,而將裝置設定成 資料記錄裝置240為將識別資料記錄於特定區域内,依 據子碼解調部47解調之子碼的T〇c等,使光拾取器U執道 跳越於識別資料之記錄區域。f料記錄裝置24〇以子碼抽 出部46抽出識別資料之記錄區域的子碼,並以子碼解調部 47解調後’輸出8位元之資料至檢測部48。於步驟3311中 i檢測部48使用Q通道之子碼之ADR内的識別資料,判斷 是否為記錄識別資料之區域,判斷為記錄識別資料之區域 時,啟動第一及第二切換部249, 252,並進Z步驟s3/2 -68- 1244069 (63) I發明說明續頁 哉別資料的記錄模式,亦可以記錄位置是否為脊來指定, 亦可以此等之組合來指定。 於步驟S 3 1 2中,連接位元檢測部2 5 〇於識別資料的記錄 區域中’判斷子編碼之後續連接位元如是否為上述的〔丨〇〇〕 。當然’連接位元檢測部2 5 〇亦可進行連接位元是否並非 〔000〕’亦即連接位元是否具有〔1〕的判斷。連接位元 ;1^測部2 5 0於遠連接位元為特定值時,啟動第二切換部2 5 2 ’並進入步驟S 3 1 3,可進行識別資料的記錄處理。連接 位兀檢測部2 5 0於不是特定值時,關閉第二切換部2 5 2,並 進入步驟S 3 1 4 ’無法記錄識別資料。亦即,該步驟S 3 1 4 中’即使為記錄識別資料之模式,若連接位元並非特定值 ’於記錄識別資料時,Tmax將超過1 〇,可能違反EF Μ轉 換規則,因此即使第一切換部2 4 9啟動,仍然關閉第二切 換部2 5 2。Whether or not the subsequent connection bit of 为 is a specific value, 4 θ is non-inflammatory L ~ m, if 疋 is the above-mentioned [1〇〇]. Of course, the 'connecting bit detection section 2500 ’is also open, # 广, 力 拉, υ Wan Kejin whether the connecting bit is not [000], that is, whether the connecting bit is 士 r, and 疋 古 has [1] Judgment. For this reason, if it is a connection bit other than a specific value, at 4 &amp; μ — when 3 is recorded, the Tmax exceeds 10, which may violate the EFM conversion rule | 丨 narrow rules. Then, the connection bit detection unit 2 50 activates the second switching unit 2 5 2 ′ at a specific value of the subsequent connection bit of the sub-coding, and turns off the second switching unit 252 when the second switching unit 2 5 2 ′ is not a specific value. That is, the second switching unit 2 5 2 does not input identification data from the modulation unit 2 5 1 to the record ^ and 邛 2 5 3 when the subsequent code 诖 and the connection bit το are not specific values. The connection bit detection unit 250 can output an error message from the output terminal 255 when the connection bit is not a specific value. The sub-display is not on the monitor, and the user is notified by water. The modulation unit 251 withers a specific modulation X々ww-u withered from the input of the input terminal 25 6 to identify the lean material, and outputs it to the recording processing unit through the second inquiry unit 2 5 2 ~ 67-1244069 Mengming description Continued page 2 / Excessive processing section 2 5 3 Performs necessary recording processing for recording on disc 1. I roll out the data for recording processing to the optical pickup 42. In addition, the data input from the terminal 2 5 6 of the wheel 2 is the data shown in FIG. 4 described above. The duo 'refers to the recording operation of the data recording device 240 configured as described above with reference to FIG. When the user first presses the recording button for identifying the data, the data recording device 240 'the spindle motor 41, i rotates at a certain linear speed on the optical disc 2 on the optical disc table constituting the ^ disc installation. And the optical pickup irradiates the light beam on the optical disc 201. At this time, the output control section 254 controls the semiconductor laser of the optical pickup 42 so that a standard output light beam is emitted. The optical pickup and the control unit 4 are controlled to focus and acquire data in a state of focusing and tracking servo. ^ σ term. When the detecting section 48 determines that it is not the area where the identification data is recorded, the first and second switching sections 249 and 252 are turned off, and the process proceeds to step S214. In addition, the detection section 48 can also specify the area where the identification data is recorded by detecting whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is a fixed value, and set the device as the data recording device 240 to record the identification data in a specific area. Here, the optical pickup U jumps beyond the recording area of the identification data in accordance with the subcode Toc and the like demodulated by the subcode demodulation section 47. The material recording device 24 extracts the subcode of the recording area of the identification data by the subcode extraction unit 46, and outputs the 8-bit data to the detection unit 48 after demodulation by the subcode demodulation unit 47. In step 3311, the i detection section 48 uses the identification data in the ADR of the subcode of the Q channel to determine whether it is the area where the identification data is recorded. When it is determined that it is the area where the identification data is recorded, the first and second switching sections 249, 252 are activated. Progressive Z step s3 / 2 -68- 1244069 (63) I Invention description The recording mode of the continuation data of different pages can also be specified whether the recording position is a ridge or a combination of these. In step S 3 12, the connection bit detection unit 2 5 ′ judges whether the subsequent connection bit of the sub-coding is the above-mentioned [丨 〇〇] in the recording area of the identification data. Of course, the 'connected bit detection unit 2500 can also determine whether the connected bit is not [000]', that is, whether the connected bit has [1]. The connection bit; 1 ^ testing unit 250 is activated when the remote connection bit is a specific value, and the second switching unit 2 5 2 ′ is activated and the process proceeds to step S 3 1 3 to perform recording processing of identification data. When the connection detection unit 2 50 is not a specific value, the second switching unit 2 5 2 is turned off, and the process proceeds to step S 3 1 4 ′ and the identification data cannot be recorded. That is, in step S 3 1 4 'even if it is a mode of recording identification data, if the connection bit is not a specific value', when recording the identification data, Tmax will exceed 1 0, which may violate the EF Μ conversion rule, so even the first The switching section 2 4 9 is activated, and the second switching section 2 5 2 is still closed.

於步驟S 3 1 3中,自輸入端子2 5 6輸入識別資料時,調制 部2 5 1以特定之方式調制識別資料。調制部2 5 1經由第二切 換部2 5 2輸出調制之識別資料至記錄處理部2 5 3。記錄處理 部2 5 3輸出至光拾取器4 2。此時,輸出控制部2 5 4為求藉由 溶解反射膜來熱記錄識別資料,而將半導體雷射之輸出自 標準電平切換成高電平。資料記錄裝置2 4 〇藉由虛擬形成 溝於脊上,於圖4所示之Q通道之子碼的記錄區域,亦即 自UDI index下階4位元至CRC之84位元内記錄資料。具體 而吕’資料記錄裝置4 0係於U DI i n d e X之下階4位元内記錄 可§己錄時間及記錄完成時間等,其次於5 6位元之u d I (64) 1244069 發明說明續頁 P y 0 a d内記錄識別資料’其次於8位元之A F R A Μ E内記錄 幀扁號等位址資訊,其次於1 6位元之C R C内記錄錯誤訂正 碼。 於步驟S 3 1 4中,檢測部4 8於並非記錄識別資料模式時, 自輪出端子2 5 5輸出錯誤訊息等,可於監視器上顯示該錯 σ況心。此時,檢測部4 8關閉弟一及第二切換部2 4 9,2 5 2 ’禁止識別資料的記錄。連接位元檢測部2 5 〇於連接位元 二非特疋值時’自輸出知子2 5 5輪出錯誤訊息,並顯示於 &amp;視器上來通知用戶。連接位元檢測部2 5 〇關閉第二切換 部2 5 2,不進行識別資料的記錄處理。 以下,參照圖3 2說明此等之資料記錄方法。另外,本圖 所示的例子係將圖9D所示之0X47h變成0X07h者。於識別 貢料記錄前,識別資料記錄前之圖案A如圖32中之(A)所 示’於24位元之幀同步信號之後插入〔〇〇〇〕之連接位元 ’其次記錄〔 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00〕(〇X47h)之子碼,其次記 錄〔1 0 0〕之連接位元。光碟1於丨丨T之長度的溝p 1之後設 置11T之脊L1,其次設置7T之溝P2,其次設置3T之脊L2In step S 3 1 3, when the identification data is input from the input terminal 2 5 6, the modulation section 2 51 modulates the identification data in a specific manner. The modulation section 2 51 outputs the modulation identification data to the recording processing section 2 5 3 through the second switching section 2 5 2. The recording processing section 2 5 3 outputs to the optical pickup 4 2. At this time, the output control unit 254 switches the output of the semiconductor laser from the standard level to the high level in order to thermally record the identification data by dissolving the reflective film. The data recording device 2 4 0 records the data in the recording area of the subcode of the Q channel shown in FIG. 4 by virtually forming a groove on the ridge, that is, from the lower 4 bits of the UDI index to the 84 bits of the CRC. Specifically, Lu's data recording device 40 is recorded in the lower 4 bits of U DI inde X. § Recorded time and record completion time, etc., followed by 56 bits of ud I (64) 1244069 Description of the invention continued The page P y 0 ad records the identification information ', followed by the 8-bit AFRA M E recording address and other address information, and the 16-bit CRC records the error correction code. In step S 3 1 4, when the detection unit 48 is not in the recording identification data mode, an error message is output from the output terminal 2 5 5 and the like, and the error σ can be displayed on the monitor. At this time, the detection unit 48 closes the first and second switching units 2 4 9 and 2 5 2 ′ to prohibit the recording of the identification data. The connected bit detection unit 25 outputs an acquaintance 255 when the connected bit has a non-specific value, and displays an error message on the &amp; monitor to notify the user. The connected bit detection unit 25 turns off the second switching unit 2 52, and does not perform recording processing of identification data. Hereinafter, these data recording methods will be described with reference to FIG. 32. In addition, the example shown in this figure is obtained by changing 0X47h shown in FIG. 9D to 0X07h. Before identifying the tribute record, the pattern A before the identification data record is as shown in (A) of FIG. 32. 'The connection bit of [〇〇〇] is inserted after the 24-bit frame synchronization signal.' Second record [00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00] (〇X47h), followed by the connection bit of [1 0 0]. Disc 1 is provided with a ridge L1 of 11T after a groove p 1 of length T, followed by a groove P2 of 7T, and a ridge L2 of 3T

’其次設置3 T之溝P 3,其次設置3 T之脊L 3,其次設置3 T 之溝P4’其次設置連接位元之3T以上,11T以下之脊L4。 貝料&quot;己錄裂置240藉由於溝P3至溝P4照射高輸出之光束 ’’谷解反射膜進行熱記錄,於脊L 3之位置上虛擬形成連 接於溝P3與溝P4之溝,而形成圖32中之(B)所示之記錄後 的圖案八。另冰,止+ 为汁 九束亦可局部照射於脊L 3上。因此’記 錄後之圖案A之子碼區域内記錄有〔〇〇1〇〇1〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〕 -70- 1244069 (65) 發明說明續頁 (0X07h)之圖案。亦即,光碟}中,於ιιτ之長度之溝pn 之後設置1 1 T之脊L 1 1,其次設置7 T之溝P 1 2,其次設置3 τ 之脊L12,其次設置9T之溝P13,其次設置連接位元之3 丁 以上,ΠΤ以下之脊L13。亦即,脊L4(L13)使溝13之長度 形成1 1 T以下的長度,使與後續區塊之通道位元前半部之 間不超過1 1 T,以避免違反E F Μ的轉換規則。 以下說明幀同步信號之圖案與上述例子相反時,如圖3 2 中之(C)所示,識別資料記錄前之圖案β於24位元之幀同步 信號之後插入〔001〕之連接位元,其::父記錄〔 00100100100100〕 (0X47h)之子碼,其次記錄〔1〇0〕之連接位元。光碟201 於11T之長度的脊L21之後設置11T之溝P21,其次設置4T 之脊L22,其次設置3T之溝P22,其次設置3T之脊L23,其 次設置3T之溝P23,其次設置3T之脊L24,其次設置3T之 溝P24,其次設置連接位元之3T以上,1 1T以下之脊L25。 資料記錄裝置240藉由於溝P23至溝P24照射高輸出之光 束,溶解反射膜進行熱記錄,於脊L24之位置上虛擬形成 連接於溝P23與溝P24之溝,而形成圖32中之(D)所示之記 錄後的圖案B。亦即,記錄後之圖案B之子碼區域内記錄 有〔 00100100000000〕(0X07h)之圖案。因此,光碟 201 中,於11 丁之長度之脊L31之後設置11T之溝P31,其次設 置4T之脊L32,其次設置3T之溝P32,其次設置3T之脊L33 ,其次設置9 T之溝P 3 3,其次設置連接位元之3 T以上,1 1 T 以下之脊L34。亦即,脊L25 (L34)使溝33之長度形成11T 以下的長度,使與後續區塊之通道泣元前半部之間不超過 1244069 (_ (66) I發明說明續頁 1 1 T,以避免違反E F M的轉換規則。 如此,資料記錄裝置2 4 0藉由高輸出之光束的啟動關閉 ,形成包含因應識別資料之溝與脊的圖案,並在Q通道之 子碼内記錄識別資料。 採用上述方法,使用子碼中之子編碼後續之連接位元, 指定為識別資料的記錄區域,可於該指定之區域内記錄識 別資料。′ Secondly, a trench T 3 of 3 T is provided, secondly a ridge L 3 of 3 T is provided, secondly a trench P 3 of 3 T is provided, and secondly, a ridge L 4 of 3 T or more and 11 T or less are provided. The material &quot; Jiluo split 240 irradiates a high-output light beam `` valley deflection film for thermal recording due to the groove P3 to the groove P4, and virtually forms a groove connecting the groove P3 and the groove P4 at the position of the ridge L 3, Then, the recorded pattern eight shown in (B) in FIG. 32 is formed. In addition, ice, only + is juice. Nine beams can also be partially irradiated on the ridge L 3. Therefore, in the sub-code area of the pattern A after the recording, a pattern of [0010, 100, 000, 000, 000] -70-1244069 (65) The description of the continuation page (0X07h) is recorded. That is, in the optical disc}, a ridge L 1 1 of 1 T is set after the groove pn of the length of ιτ, a groove P 1 of 7 T is set next, a ridge L12 of 3 τ is set next, and a groove P13 of 9T is set next, Secondly, a ridge L13 of 3 bits or more and ΠT or less is set. That is, the ridge L4 (L13) makes the length of the groove 13 less than 1 1 T, and does not exceed 1 1 T with the first half of the channel bit of the subsequent block to avoid violating the conversion rule of E F M. In the following description, when the pattern of the frame synchronization signal is opposite to the above example, as shown in (C) in FIG. 3, the pattern β before the recording of the identification data is inserted into the connection bit of [001] after the 24-bit frame synchronization signal. It: The child code of the parent record [00100100100100] (0X47h), followed by the connection bit of [100]. The disc 201 is provided with a ridge L21 of 11T after a ridge L21 of a length of 11T, followed by a ridge L22 of 4T, a ridge P22 of 3T, a ridge L23 of 3T, a ridge P23 of 3T, and a ridge L24 of 3T Secondly, a ditch P24 of 3T is provided, and a ridge L25 of 3T or more and 11 1T or less are connected. The data recording device 240 irradiates a high-output light beam from the grooves P23 to P24, dissolves the reflective film for thermal recording, and virtually forms a groove connecting the groove P23 and the groove P24 at the position of the ridge L24, thereby forming (D in FIG. 32) ) After recording the pattern B shown. That is, a pattern of [00100100000000] (0X07h) is recorded in the subcode area of the pattern B after recording. Therefore, in the optical disc 201, an 11T ditch P31 is set after a 11-length ridge L31, followed by a 4T ridge L32, a 3T ridge P32, a 3T ridge L33, and a 9 T ridge P3. 3. Secondly, a ridge L34 of 3 T or more and 1 1 T or less is connected. That is, the ridge L25 (L34) makes the length of the groove 33 less than 11T, so that the distance to the first half of the channel of the subsequent block does not exceed 1244069 (_ (66) I Invention Description Continued 1 1 T, to Avoid violating the conversion rules of EFM. In this way, the data recording device 240 forms a pattern including grooves and ridges corresponding to the identification data by turning on and off the high-output light beam, and records the identification data in the subcode of the Q channel. In the method, a subsequent connection bit of a subcode in a subcode is used to designate a recording area of identification data, and the identification data can be recorded in the designated area.

其次,參照圖3 3說明藉由上述資料記錄裝置2 4 0記錄有 識別資料之光碟201進行再生的資料再生裝置260。該資料 記錄裝置2 6 0具備:旋轉記錄有識別資料之光碟2 0 1的心軸 馬達2 6 1 ;檢測對光碟2 0 1射出光束而反射回之光束的光拾 取器2 6 2 ;進行光拾取器2 6 2之對物透鏡之聚焦伺服控制及 追蹤伺服控制,並且進行心軸馬達2 6 1之旋轉伺服控制的 控制部263 ;自光拾取器262之輸出生成RF信號等的RF放 大器264 ;自RF信號檢測同步信號而生成時脈之同步信號 檢測部26 5 ;將内容資料等經EFM調制之記錄資料予以解 調的解調部2 6 6 ;及對經過解調之資料進行錯誤訂正處理 的錯誤訂正處理部2 6 7。 資料再生裝置260具備:自RF信號抽出子碼之子碼抽出 部2 6 8 ;將E F Μ調制之1 4位元之子碼解調成8位元,生成 Ρ〜W通道之子碼的子碼解調部269 ;檢測記錄識別資料之 區域用的檢測部2 7 0 ;切換成再生識別資料模式用的第一 切換部2 7 1 ;檢測子編碼之後續連接位元之連接位元檢測 部2 7 2 ;切換記錄於光碟1内之識別資料之輸入的第二切換 -72- 1244069Next, a data reproduction device 260 that reproduces data from the optical disc 201 on which the identification data is recorded by the data recording device 240 described above will be described with reference to Figs. The data recording device 26 is provided with a spindle motor 2 6 1 that rotates the optical disc 2 01 recorded with identification data; an optical pickup 2 6 2 that detects a light beam emitted from the optical disc 2 1 and reflected back; Control section 263 for focusing servo control and tracking servo control of the objective lens of the pickup 2 6 2 and performing rotation servo control of the spindle motor 2 6 1; RF amplifier 264 that generates RF signals and the like from the output of the optical pickup 262 ; Sync signal detection section 26 5 that generates clocks by detecting sync signals from RF signals; demodulation section 2 6 6 that demodulates content data such as EFM-modulated recording data; and error correction of demodulated data Processed error correction processing section 2 6 7. The data reproduction device 260 includes a subcode extraction unit 268 that extracts subcodes from the RF signal; demodulates the 14-bit subcode of the EF M modulation into 8 bits, and generates a subcode of the subcode of the P ~ W channel. Section 269; Detection section 2 7 0 for detecting the area where the identification data is recorded; First switching section 2 7 1 for switching to the reproduction identification data mode; Connection bit detection section 2 7 2 for detecting subsequent connection bits of the sub-code ; The second switch to switch the input of identification data recorded in disc 1 -72-1244069

發明說明續頁 9 7 ^ ρ 一 /3,及將識別資料予以解碼的解碼器274。 地, 光碟 心軸馬達26 1與上述各資料再生裝置之光碟台同樣 促使定心於光碟台上來安裝光碟2〇1,並旋轉操作該 土光拾取器262與上述資料再生裝置同樣地,藉由對物透 :將自半導體雷射射出之光束予以聚光,並照射於光碟 1的信號記錄面上,並且藉由光檢測器檢測被光碟丨之信 4己錄面反射回之光束,將該檢測信號轉換 並輪出至RF放大器264。 氣 放大器264依據自構成光拾取器262之光檢測器的幸 出=號,生成RF信號、聚焦錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號&lt; =水焦錯誤信號係藉由像散像差法等生成,追蹤錯誤芦受 == 束法、!挽法等生成。而RF放大器264為求心 °周制之貝料’而將RF信號輸出至解調部266,1 且:聚焦錯誤信號及追縱錯誤信號輸出至祠服控制部— 卜步化號檢測部265自RF信號檢測圖1所示之幅同步f 就’亚且檢測將前述圖2 c 步 圖3所不之子碼予以解碼時的斤 號。同步信號檢剩部265自❹信號生成時脈。 飼服控制部2 6 3依攄白〇 r t , 號及追縱錯誤传號,“ 2 6 4輸入之聚焦錯誤^ 並將此等”心至广焦伺服信號及追縱伺服信號 驅動電路二==取器262之對物透㈣動機構纪 依 a 〃持於對物透鏡驅動機構之對物透箱 控制信號及追蹤控制信號,在與對物 干行之聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光轴直交之追縱方= -73- 1244069 (68) 發明說明續頁 進行驅動變位。控制部2 6 3之自同步信號生成之時脈以與 水晶振盪器之基準時脈之頻率及相位同步之方式生成# 轉伺服信號,據此,心軸馬達26 1如以CLV旋轉光碟}。 解調部266依據EFΜ之十進制,解調内容資料等記錄資 料。具體而言,解調部266係依據前述圖7及圖8所示之Efm 轉換表,將1 4位元之記錄碼系列轉換成8位元系列的資才斗 位元。錯誤訂正處理部267依據CIRC等十進制將經過解調 之記錄資料予以解調,並輸出至輸出端子2 7 5。如記錄資 料為聲頻資料時,自輸出端子2 7 5輸出之聲頻資料斧由 D/A轉換器,自數位信號轉換成類比信號,並自制a、 、斗 機、頭戴耳機等音響轉換部輸出。 子碼抽出部2 6 8自RF放大器2 6 4所輸入之資料抽出巾貞同 步信號之後所設置之1 4位元的子編碼,並輸出至子碼解調 部2 6 9。子碼解調部2 6 9依據EF Μ轉換表,將丨4位元之資料 轉換成8位元之資料。子碼解調部2 6 9以9 8幀構成}區塊, 並生成P,Q,R,S,T,ϋ,V’W通道的子碼。亦即, 子碼解調部269生成P1〜W1至P96〜W96,亦即生成96位元 的子碼。 檢測部2 7 0檢測再生識別資料之模式。亦即,檢測部2 7 〇 藉由檢測Q通道之A D R是否為再生識別資料的模式,來指 疋記錄識別資料的區域。檢測部2 7 0檢測出顯示再生識別 資料之模式的識別資料時,啟動第一及第二切換部2 7 i, 2 73。檢測部270無法檢測顯示再生4別資料之模式的識別 資料時,表示並非識別資料的記錄區域’並關閉第一及第 -74- 1244069 _ (69) I發明說明續頁DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Continued on page 9 7 ^ ρ a / 3, and a decoder 274 that decodes identification data. In the same way, the optical disc spindle motor 261 is similar to the optical disc table of each of the above-mentioned data reproduction apparatuses, and urges the optical disc pickup 262 to be centered on the optical disc table, and rotates the earth optical pickup 262 as in the above-mentioned data reproduction apparatus. Object penetration: the light beam emitted from the semiconductor laser is focused and irradiated on the signal recording surface of the optical disc 1, and the light beam reflected by the recording surface of the letter 4 of the optical disc 丨 is detected by a light detector, and the The detection signal is converted and rotated out to the RF amplifier 264. The air amplifier 264 generates an RF signal, a focus error signal, and a tracking error signal according to the lucky number = from the photodetector constituting the optical pickup 262. The water focus error signal is generated and tracked by the astigmatic aberration method. Error Lu Su == beam method ,! Generation method. The RF amplifier 264 outputs the RF signal to the demodulation unit 266 for the purpose of finding the material of the heart's clock system. 1 And: the focus error signal and the tracking error signal are output to the temple service control unit-the Bubuhua number detection unit 265. The RF signal detects the amplitude synchronization f shown in FIG. 1 and detects the pound sign when the sub-codes shown in steps 2 and 3 of FIG. 2 are decoded. The synchronization signal detection unit 265 generates a clock from the signal. The feeding control department 2 6 3 according to the white 0rt, and tracking error number, "2 6 4 focus error input ^ and keep these" to the wide focus servo signal and tracking servo signal drive circuit 2 = = Jiyi of the object-transmitting moving mechanism of taker 262 a The object-transmitting box control signal and tracking control signal held by the object-lens driving mechanism in the focusing direction with the object and the light with the object lens Chasing side of orthogonal axis = -73- 1244069 (68) Description of the invention Continued page for driving displacement. The clock of the self-synchronizing signal generated by the control section 2 6 3 is synchronized with the frequency and phase of the reference clock of the crystal oscillator to generate a # turn servo signal. Based on this, the spindle motor 261 rotates the disc by CLV}. The demodulation section 266 demodulates recorded data such as content data based on the decimal of the EFM. Specifically, the demodulation section 266 converts a 14-bit recording code series into an 8-bit series of resource bits based on the Efm conversion tables shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 described above. The error correction processing section 267 demodulates the demodulated recording data according to decimal such as CIRC and outputs it to the output terminal 2 7 5. If the recorded data is audio data, the audio data output from the output terminal 2 7 5 is converted by D / A converter from digital signal to analog signal, and self-made a, dipper, headphones and other audio conversion parts output . The subcode extraction section 2 6 8 extracts a 14-bit subcode set after the frame synchronization signal from the input data of the RF amplifier 2 6 4 and outputs it to the subcode demodulation section 2 6 9. The subcode demodulation section 269 converts 4-bit data into 8-bit data according to the EF M conversion table. The sub-code demodulation section 269 constitutes a} block with 98 frames, and generates sub-codes for P, Q, R, S, T, ϋ, V'W channels. That is, the subcode demodulation section 269 generates P1 to W1 to P96 to W96, that is, generates a 96-bit subcode. The detection section 270 detects a mode for reproducing the identification data. That is, the detection unit 27 refers to the area where the identification data is recorded by detecting whether the A D R of the Q channel is a mode for reproducing the identification data. When the detection section 2 70 detects the identification data showing the mode of the reproduction identification data, the first and second switching sections 2 7 i and 2 73 are activated. When the detection unit 270 cannot detect and display the identification data of the mode of reproducing 4 types of data, it indicates that it is not the recording area of the identification data 'and closes the first and the first -74- 1244069 _ (69) I Description of the invention continued page

二切換部2 7 1,2 7 3。此外,檢測部2 7 0於並非記錄識別資 料的模式時,自輸出端子2 7 7輸出錯誤訊息等,可於監視 器上顯示錯誤訊息,變成記錄識別資料的模式時,自輸出 端子2 7 7輸出其通知訊息,並顯示於監視器等上。Two switching sections 2 7 1, 2 7 3. In addition, the detection unit 2 7 0 outputs an error message from the output terminal 2 7 7 when it is not in the mode for recording identification data, and an error message can be displayed on the monitor. When it becomes the mode for recording the identification data, it outputs from the terminal 2 7 7 The notification message is output and displayed on a monitor or the like.

連接位元檢測部2 7 2判斷記錄有識別資料之區域之子編 碼的後續連接位元是否為特定值,如判斷是否為上述之 〔1 0 0〕。當然,連接位元檢測部2 7 2亦可進行連接位元是 否並非〔0 0 0〕,亦即連接位元是否具有〔1〕的判斷。此 因,若為特定值以外之連接位元,Tm ax超過1 0,而可能 違反EFM轉換規則而無法解調識別資料。此外,連接位元 並非特定值時,亦可能並非正規製的光碟。連接位元檢測 部2 72之子編碼的後續連接位元為特定值時,啟動第二切 換部2 7 3,並非特定值時,關閉第二切換部2 7 3。亦即,第 二切換部2 7 3之子編碼之後續連接位元並非特定值時,識 別資料不自子碼解調部2 6 9輸入至解碼器2 7 4。連接位元檢 測部2 7 2於連接位元並非特定值時,可自輸出端子2 7 7輸出 錯誤訊息,並顯示於顯示器上,來通知用戶。 解碼器2 7 4自子碼解調部2 6 9經由第二切換部2 7 3輸入Q 通道之子碼。解碼器2 7 4參照記錄於前述圖4所示之U DI i n d e X之記錄完成時間等,將記錄於U D I p a y 1 〇 a d内之識別 資料予以解調,再使用CRC進行錯誤訂正處理,並輸出至 輸出端子276。 其次,參照圖3 4說明上述之資料再生裝置2 6 0的資料讀 取動作。用戶按下再生鈕時,資料再生裝置2 6 0驅動心軸 -75- 1244069 _ (70) 發明說明續頁The connection bit detection unit 2 7 2 determines whether the subsequent connection bit of the sub-code of the area where the identification data is recorded is a specific value, such as whether it is the above-mentioned [1 0 0]. Of course, the connection bit detection unit 272 can also determine whether the connection bit is not [0 0 0], that is, whether the connection bit has [1]. Therefore, if it is a connection bit other than a specific value, Tm ax exceeds 10, which may violate EFM conversion rules and fail to demodulate identification data. In addition, when the connection bit is not a specific value, it may not be a regular disc. When the subsequent connection bit coded by the child bit of the connection bit detection unit 2 72 is a specific value, the second switching unit 2 7 3 is activated, and when it is not a specific value, the second switching unit 2 7 3 is turned off. That is, when the subsequent connection bit of the sub-coding of the second switching section 2 7 3 is not a specific value, the identification data is not input from the sub-code demodulating section 2 6 9 to the decoder 2 7 4. The connection bit detection section 2 7 2 can output an error message from the output terminal 2 7 7 when the connection bit is not a specific value, and displays it on the display to notify the user. The decoder 2 7 4 inputs the sub code of the Q channel from the sub code demodulation section 2 6 9 via the second switching section 2 7 3. The decoder 2 7 4 refers to the recording completion time of U DI inde X shown in FIG. 4 described above, etc., and demodulates the identification data recorded in UDI pay 1 〇ad, and then uses CRC to perform error correction processing and outputs To output terminal 276. Next, the data reading operation of the data reproduction device 260 described above will be described with reference to Fig. 34. When the user presses the reproduction button, the data reproduction device 2 60 drives the mandrel -75- 1244069 _ (70) Description of the invention continued page

馬達2 6 1,並以一定之線速度旋轉安裝於構成光碟安裝部 之光碟台上的光碟2 (H。並且光拾取器2 6 2照射光束於光碟 2 0 1上。此時,半導體雷射以標準的輸出射出光束。於光 拾取器2 6 2藉由控制部2 6 3控成聚焦及追蹤控制的狀態 下開始讀取資料。The motor 2 6 1 rotates the optical disc 2 (H) mounted on the optical disc table constituting the optical disc mounting portion at a constant linear speed. The optical pickup 2 6 2 irradiates the light beam on the optical disc 2 0. At this time, the semiconductor laser The light beam is emitted with a standard output. Data is read under the state that the optical pickup 2 6 2 is controlled to focus and track by the control unit 2 6 3.

資料再生裝置2 6 0為求讀取識別資料,其控制部2 6 3依據 經子碼解調部2 6 9解調之子碼的TO C等,使光拾取器2 6 2 軌道跳越於識別資料的記錄區域。資料再生裝置2 6 0以子 碼抽出部2 6 8抽出識別資料之記錄區域之子碼,並將經子 碼解調部2 6 9解調後之8位元資料輸出至檢測部2 7 0。於步 驟S321中,檢測部270使用Q通道之子碼之ADR内之識別 資料判斷是否為記錄有識別資料之區域。判斷為記錄有識 別資料之區域時,啟動第一及第二切換部2 7 1,2 7 3,並進 入步驟S 3 2 2。檢測部2 7 0判斷並非記錄有識別資料之區域 時,則關閉第一及第二切換部271,273,並進入步驟S3 24。The data reproduction device 2 6 0 reads the identification data, and its control section 2 6 3 makes the optical pickup 2 6 2 track jump over the identification based on the TO C of the sub code demodulated by the sub code demodulation section 2 6 9. Recording area of data. The data reproduction device 2 60 extracts the sub-codes of the recording area of the identification data by the sub-code extracting section 2 68, and outputs the 8-bit data demodulated by the sub-code demodulating section 2 69 to the detecting section 270. In step S321, the detection section 270 uses the identification data in the ADR of the subcode of the Q channel to determine whether it is an area where the identification data is recorded. When it is determined that the area where the identification data is recorded, the first and second switching sections 2 7 1 and 2 7 3 are activated, and the process proceeds to step S 3 2 2. When the detecting section 270 determines that the area is not recorded with the identification data, the first and second switching sections 271 and 273 are turned off, and the process proceeds to step S32.

除此之外,檢測部270亦可藉由檢測R〜W通道之子碼是 否為固定值,來指定記錄有識別資料的區域,而將裝置設 定成識別資料的再生模式。或是亦可指定記錄位置是否為 脊,再者,亦可以此等之組合來指定。 於步驟S 3 2 2中,連接位元檢測部2 7 2判斷識別資料之記 錄區域中,子編碼的後續連接位元是否為上述之〔1 0 0〕 。當然,連接位元檢測部2 7 2亦可進行連接位元是否並非 〔 000〕,亦即連接位元是否具有〔1〕的判斷。檢測部2 7 0 於該連接位元係特定值時,啟動第二切換部2 7 3,並進入 -76- 1244069 _ (71) I發明說明續頁 步驟S 3 2 3,可進行識別資料的再生處理。此外,檢測部 2 7 0於並非特定值時,則關閉第二切換部2 7 3,並進入步驟 S 3 2 4,禁止識別資料的再生。亦即該步驟S 3 2 4即使係再 生識別資料的模式,然於連接位元並非特定值時,因Tm ax 超過1 0,違反E F Μ轉換規則,可能無法解調識別資料,此 外,亦可能為非正規製的光碟,因此即使第一切換部2 7 1 啟動,仍然將第二切換部2 7 3關閉。In addition, the detection unit 270 may designate an area where the identification data is recorded by detecting whether the subcodes of the R to W channels are fixed values, and set the device to the reproduction mode of the identification data. Alternatively, it is also possible to specify whether the recording position is a ridge, and furthermore, it may be specified by a combination of these. In step S 3 2 2, the connection bit detection unit 2 7 2 determines whether the subsequent connection bit of the sub-encoding in the recording area of the identification data is the above-mentioned [1 0 0]. Of course, the connection bit detection unit 272 can also determine whether the connection bit is not [000], that is, whether the connection bit has [1]. The detection unit 2 70 starts the second switching unit 2 7 3 when the connection bit is a specific value, and enters -76-1244069 _ (71) I Description of the invention Continuation step S 3 2 3, which can identify the data Regeneration processing. In addition, when the detection unit 2 70 is not a specific value, the second switching unit 2 7 3 is turned off, and the process proceeds to step S 3 2 4 to prohibit the reproduction of the identification data. That is, even if the step S 3 2 4 is a mode for regenerating the identification data, when the connection bit is not a specific value, the Tm ax exceeds 10, which violates the EF Μ conversion rule, and the identification data may not be demodulated. Besides, It is an irregular optical disc, so even if the first switching section 2 7 1 is activated, the second switching section 2 7 3 is still closed.

於步驟S 3 2 3中,資料再生裝置2 6 0自子碼解調部2 6 9經由 第二切換部2 73將識別資料輸出至解碼器274。解碼器274 進行解調及錯誤訂正處理,並輸出至輸出端子276。而後 ,如將識別資料之再生作為條件,記錄於光碟2 0 1之内容 資料等以解調部2 6 6解調後,以錯誤訂正處理部2 6 7進行錯 誤訂正解碼處理,並自輸出端子2 7 5輸出。如内容資料為 聲頻資料等時,以D/A轉換器自數位信號轉換成類比信號 ,並自喇八、耳機、頭戴耳機等音響轉換器輸出。In step S 3 2 3, the data reproduction device 2 60 outputs the identification data to the decoder 274 via the second switching unit 2 73 from the subcode demodulation portion 2 69. The decoder 274 performs demodulation and error correction processing, and outputs it to the output terminal 276. Then, if the reproduction of the identification data is used as a condition, the content data recorded on the optical disc 2 01 is demodulated by the demodulation section 2 6 6 and then subjected to error correction decoding processing by the error correction processing section 2 6 7 and output from the output terminal. 2 7 5 output. If the content data is audio data, etc., the D / A converter is used to convert the digital signal into an analog signal and output it from audio converters such as headphones, headphones, and headphones.

於步驟S 3 2 4中,檢測部2 7 0於並非再生識別資料模式時 ,可自輸出端子277輸出錯誤訊息等,並於監視器上顯示 該錯誤訊息。此時,檢測部2 7 0關閉第一及第二切換部2 7 1 ,2 7 3,禁止識別資料的再生。連接位元檢測部2 7 2於連接 位元並非特定值時,可自輸出端子2 7 7輸出錯誤訊息,並 顯示於監視器上來通知用戶。連接位元檢測部2 7 2則關閉 第二切換部2 7 3,不進行識別資料的再生處理。 如以上詳述,應用本發明之光碟2 0 1於圖1所示之子編碼 内記錄識別資料時,如圖3 2所示,可遵守E F Μ之轉換規則 -77- 1244069 發明說明績頁 ,亦即遵守最大反轉間隔τ m a X = 1 0的規則來記錄識別資料 。亦即,於記錄識別資料的區域内,在子編碼後續的連接 位元内選擇至少具有〔1〕之連接位元,即可始終不違反 E F Μ之轉換規則來記錄識別資料。亦即,採用以上方法可 對後續資料毫無影響地記錄識別資料。 其次,參照圖式說明應用本發明之光碟、對该光碟記錄 資料之資料記錄裝置及方法、與將記錄於該光碟内之資料 予以再生之資料再生裝置及方法的第四種實施形態。 此處使用之光碟亦與前述之光碟同樣地’於内周側設有 記錄内容表(TOC; Table of Contents)資料等的讀入區域 ,其外周側設有記錄内容資料等記錄資料的資料記錄區域 ,其外周側設有讀出區域,以c D相同之記錄格式’亦即 經 8 — 14調制(EFM調制·· Eight to Fourteen Modulation)之 資料以前述圖1所示之記錄格式記錄。 此處使用之光碟亦經過如前述圖5所示的步驟製造。 製造該光碟用之原盤,係使用具備圖3 5所示之構造的切 割裝置3 2 1製造。該切割裝置3 2 1,與前述圖6所示之切割 裝置2 1的基本構造相同,進一步參照圖3 5具體說明。 圖3 5所示之切割裝置3 2 1亦具備:氬雷射、氦一鎘雷射 等氣體雷射等雷射源3 2 7 ;藉由使用波克爾斯效應之光電 調制器(EOM ; Electorical Optical Modulator)及使用超音 波之聲光調制器(A0M ; Acoustic-Optical Modulator)等, 依據資料產生器3 2 6之資料調制雷射光之光調制器3 2 8 ;反 射經調制之雷射光的反射鏡3 2 9 ;移動反射鏡3 2 9之移動機 1244069 (73) I發明說明續ΐ 構3 3 0 ;將雷射光聚光並照射於玻璃原盤3 3 5上之對物透鏡 3 3 1 ;旋轉玻璃原盤3 3 5之馬達3 2 ;及將對物透鏡3 3 1在對 物透鏡3 3 1光軸方向之聚焦方向上驅動變位之對物透鏡驅 動機構3 3 3。 構成該切割裝置3 2 1之錯誤訂正編碼電路3 2 3如使用將 類比之數位内容予以交叉隔行掃描簧片所羅門編碼 (Cross Interleave Reed-solomon Code ; CIRC)的十進制, 實施於抽樣内組合交叉隔行掃描與4次之簧片所羅門碼的 編碼,並輸出至調制電路3 2 4。 調制電路324如依據EFM之十進制對錯誤訂正編碼電路 3 2 3之編碼輸出實施調制處理,並輸出至資料產生器3 2 6 。具體而言,調制電路3 24依據前述圖7及圖8所示之efm 轉換表,最小掃描寬度(最小反轉間隔丁min)為2 ,使最大 掃描寬度(最大反轉間隔丁„^乂)為1〇,將8位元之系列轉換 成1 4位元的記錄碼系列。 子碼產生為3 2 5因應記錄之資料產生位址資訊等子碼, 並藉由將其EFM調制,將8位元系列之資料位元轉換成14 位元之記錄碼系列。子碼產生器3 2 5,作為記錄識別資料 之區域的子碼,產生特定之顯示於圖7及圖8之EFM轉換表 中之8位元系列的資料位元,並轉換成1 4位元的記錄碼系 列。具體而言,子碼產生器3 2 5,作為記錄識別資料之區 域的子碼’於調制後之丨4位元之記錄碼系列内記錄識別資 料後予以解調時,自8位元系列之資料位元的上階起第二 位兀’亦即子碼之Q通道自〔1〕轉換成〔〇〕,並且自上 1244069 _ (74) I發明說明續頁 階第三位元至最後位元,亦即至子碼之R〜W通道產生相同 的資料位元。該資料於E F Μ調制後之1 4位元的圖案中,藉 由在溝間之脊上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時, 新形成之溝長係選擇滿足E F Μ調制之調制規則,亦即滿足 最大反轉間隔T m a X為1 0,最小反轉間隔τ m i η為2之條件 者。In step S 3 2 4, when the detection unit 2 70 is not in the regeneration identification data mode, an error message or the like can be output from the output terminal 277, and the error message can be displayed on the monitor. At this time, the detection unit 270 turns off the first and second switching units 271 and 273, and prohibits the reproduction of the identification data. The connection bit detection unit 2 7 2 can output an error message from the output terminal 2 7 7 when the connection bit is not a specific value, and display it on the monitor to notify the user. The connected bit detection unit 2 7 2 is turned off, and the second switching unit 2 7 3 is not used to reproduce the identification data. As detailed above, when applying the optical disc 2 0 1 of the present invention to record identification information in the sub-code shown in FIG. 1, as shown in FIG. 3 2, the conversion rule of EF Μ-77-1244069 invention description page, also That is, the identification data is recorded in accordance with the rule of the maximum inversion interval τ ma X = 1 0. That is, in the area where the identification data is recorded, the connection bit having at least [1] is selected in the subsequent connection bits of the sub-code, so that the identification data can always be recorded without violating the conversion rule of E F M. That is, by using the above method, the identification data can be recorded without affecting the subsequent data. Next, a fourth embodiment of the optical disc to which the present invention is applied, a data recording apparatus and method for recording data on the optical disc, and a data reproduction apparatus and method for reproducing data recorded in the optical disc will be described with reference to the drawings. The optical disc used here is the same as the aforementioned optical disc. 'TOC (Table of Contents) data and other reading areas are provided on the inner periphery side, and the outer side side is provided with data records such as content and other recorded data. The area has a read-out area on the outer peripheral side, and the data in the same recording format c ′, that is, the data of 8-14 modulation (EFM modulation · Eight to Fourteen Modulation) is recorded in the recording format shown in FIG. 1 described above. The optical disc used here is also manufactured through the steps shown in FIG. 5 described above. The original disc for manufacturing the optical disc is manufactured using a cutting device 3 2 1 having a structure shown in Fig. 35. The cutting device 3 2 1 has the same basic structure as the cutting device 21 shown in FIG. 6 described above, and will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. The cutting device 3 2 1 shown in FIG. 3 also has: laser sources 3 2 7 such as argon laser, helium-cadmium laser, and other gas lasers; by using a Pockels effect photoelectric modulator (EOM; Electorical Optical Modulator) and Ultrasonic Acoustic-Optical Modulator (A0M; Acoustic-Optical Modulator), etc., the light modulator 3 2 8 that modulates the laser light according to the data of the data generator 3 2 6; reflects the reflection of the modulated laser light Mirror 3 2 9; Mobile unit 1244069 (73) I moving mirror 3 2 9 Description of the invention Continued structure 3 3 0; Concentrating laser light and irradiating the object lens 3 3 1 on the glass original disk 3 3 5; A motor 3 2 that rotates the glass original disk 3 3 5; and an object lens driving mechanism 3 3 3 that drives the object lens 3 3 1 in a focusing direction of the optical axis direction of the object lens 3 3 1. The error correction coding circuit 3 2 3 constituting the cutting device 3 2 3 is implemented by cross-interleaving reed-solomon code (CIRC) decimal of the digital content of the analog, and the cross-interlacing is implemented in the sample. Scan the code of the reed Solomon code with the 4th reed, and output it to the modulation circuit 3 2 4. The modulation circuit 324 performs modulation processing on the coded output of the error correction coding circuit 3 2 3 according to the decimal of the EFM, and outputs it to the data generator 3 2 6. Specifically, the modulation circuit 324 is based on the efm conversion table shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 above, and the minimum scan width (minimum inversion interval minmin) is 2 so that the maximum scan width (maximum inversion interval 丁 ^) For 10, the 8-bit series is converted into a 14-bit recording code series. The sub-code generation is 3 2 5 and the sub-codes such as address information are generated according to the recorded data, and the EFM is modulated to convert 8 The data bits of the bit series are converted into a 14-bit record code series. The sub-code generator 3 2 5 is used as a sub-code of the area where the identification data is recorded, and generates specific display in the EFM conversion table of FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 The 8-bit series of data bits are converted into a 14-bit recording code series. Specifically, the sub-code generator 3 2 5 is used as the sub-code of the area where the identification data is recorded. When the identification data is recorded in the bit-coded record code series and demodulated, the second bit from the upper level of the data bit of the 8-bit series, that is, the Q channel of the subcode is converted from [1] to [〇] , And since the above 1244069 _ (74) I invention description continued the third bit to the last bit, that is, to The same data bits are generated in the R ~ W channels of the code. This data is used to dissolve the reflective film by irradiating the beam on the ridges between grooves in the 14-bit pattern after EF M modulation. The formed trench length is selected to satisfy the modulation rule of EF M modulation, that is, the condition that the maximum inversion interval T ma X is 10 and the minimum inversion interval τ mi η is 2.

如前述圖9Α所示,子碼產生器325以EFM轉換表之十 進制選擇第64個之0X40h〔 0 1 000000〕作為記錄識別資料 之區域的子碼。係因0X4 Oh於EFM調制時變成14位元的 〔 01001000100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第三個脊L 上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,變成1 4位元的 〔 01001000100000〕,解調時,除上階第二位元之q通道 外,變成相同圖案之第0個之OXOOh〔 00000000〕。As shown in the aforementioned FIG. 9A, the subcode generator 325 selects the 64th of 0X40h [0 1 000000] as the subcode of the area in which the identification data is recorded, in the decimal form of the EFM conversion table. Because 0X4 Oh becomes 14-bit [01001000100100] during EFM modulation, the beam is irradiated on the third ridge L of the pattern modulated by NRZI to dissolve the reflective film, and when a groove is virtually formed, it becomes 14-bit [01001000100000] ], During demodulation, except for the q channel of the upper second bit, it becomes the 0th OXOOh [00000000] of the same pattern.

如圖9 C所示,子碼產生器3 2 5以EF Μ轉換表之十進制 選擇第68個之0X44h〔 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0〕作為記錄識別資料之 區域的子碼。係因0 X 4 4 h於E F Μ調制時變成1 4位元的 〔 01000100100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第二個脊L 上照射光束溶解反射膜,而虛擬形成溝時,變成1 4位元# 〔 01000100000000〕,解調時,除上階第二位元之Q通道 外,變成相同圖案之第4個之0X04h〔 00000100〕。 再者,如圖9D所示,子碼產生器3 2 5以EFM轉換表之十 進制選擇第71個之0X47h〔 0 1 000 1 1 1〕作為記錄識別資料 之區域的子碼。係因0X47 h於EFM調制時變成1 4位-u 此疋的As shown in FIG. 9C, the sub code generator 3 2 5 selects the 68th of 0X44h [0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0] as the sub code of the area in which the identification data is recorded by using the decimal of the EF M conversion table. It is because [01000100100100], which becomes 14 bits during EF M modulation at 0 X 4 4 h. When the second ridge L of the pattern modulated by NRZI is irradiated with a light beam to dissolve the reflective film, when the groove is virtually formed, it becomes 1 4 Bit # [01000100000000], when demodulating, except for the Q channel of the second bit of the upper order, it becomes 0X04h [00000100] of the fourth one in the same pattern. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 9D, the subcode generator 3 2 5 selects the 71st of 0X47h [0 1 000 1 1 1] as the sub code of the area in which the identification data is recorded in decimal of the EFM conversion table. Because 0X47 h becomes 14 bits during EFM modulation-u

〔 00100100100100〕,在被NRZI調制之圖案的第二個脊L -80- 1244069 發明說明續頁 .,丄ΛΤ·' i /分巧千 /人 分、! Μ各 J Π7)峰彳秘 丁Ρ&gt; ΥλΊ^ /¾. ΠτΤ 7 雙,¾ ! 4 V Tf_ P^j [00 1 00 1 00000 0 00 Ί ^解調時 '除上階第二位元之Q通道 外,變成相同圖案之第7個之0 X 0 7 h〔 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1〕。[00100100100100] In the second ridge of the pattern modulated by NRZI, L -80-1244069 Description of the invention. Continued. Μ 各 J Π7) Peak 彳 Secret P &gt; ΥλΊ ^ / ¾. ΠτΤ 7 double, ¾! 4 V Tf_ P ^ j [00 1 00 1 00000 0 00 Ί ^ During demodulation, divide the second bit of the upper order Outside the Q channel, it becomes the seventh of the same pattern, 0 X 0 7 h [0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1].

子碼產生器3 2 5作為須記錄識別資料之區域的子碼,藉 由生成如上之子碼,將特定之脊反轉成溝,因應於8位元 系列中須記錄Q通道的資料,使〔1〕反轉成〔0〕,而可 記錄識別資料,並於識別資料之記錄前後將通道R〜W形成 固定值,即可檢測記錄及/或再生記錄識別資料之區域或 記錄有識別貧料之區域的裝置。The subcode generator 3 2 5 is used as the subcode of the area where the identification data must be recorded. By generating the above subcode, the specific ridge is reversed into a groove. Therefore, the data of the Q channel must be recorded in the 8-bit series, so that [1 ]] Is reversed to [0], and the identification data can be recorded, and the channels R to W can be fixed to a fixed value before and after the identification data is recorded, and the area where the identification data is recorded and / or reproduced can be detected or the area where the identification poor data is recorded. Zone installation.

如圖3 5所不’貢料產生裔3 2 6自調制電路3 2 4輸入有經 EFM調制之記錄資料,並且自子碼產生器3 2 5輸入有子碼 。資料產生器3 2 6於記錄碼系列之1 4位元的區塊間插入3 位元的連接位元。具體而言,資料產生器3 26滿足EF Μ轉 換規則之最大反轉間隔T m a X = 1 0,最小反轉間隔T m i η = 2 ,再自〔0 0 0〕、〔 1 0 0〕、〔 0 1 0〕、〔 0 0 1〕中選擇使數位總值 (DSV ; Digital Sum Vale)之絕對值更小,且低頻成分更少 的連接位元,於記錄碼系列之1 4位元的區塊間插入3位元 的連接位元。而後,資料產生器3 2 6將記錄碼系列作為1 7 位元,生成圖1所示的資料。資料產生器3 2 6將所生成之資 料輸出至光調制器3 2 8。 資料產生裔3 2 6於識別貢料的記錄區域時’產生用於 0X4 0h,0X44h,0X4 7h等特定子碼之前的連接位元。該資 料產生器3 2 6連接判別記錄識別資料之區域之連接位元的 判別部3 3 4。判別部3 3 4於資料產生器3 2 6選擇插入同步信 -81- 丨發明說明續頁 1244069 -w 一 - - 士 Ui... Π\!厘! ^ urr' ^ ! Ί 辞’!向Λ Μ γ, 卩.、! )JL. -^- · 一… '...-. 組合判別是否滿足EFM轉換規則亦即是否滿足最大反轉 間隔Tmax為1〇,最小反棘間隔Tmin為2之條株,旦特定之 位元始終形成脊者。 以下,使用圖36說明以EF Μ轉換表之十進制將第64個之 0 X 4 0 h使用於識別資料之記錄區域的子码。圖3 6中之(a ) 所示的例子中,同步信號於1 1 Τ之脊之後設有1 1 T之溝 。0 X 4 0 h之子碼,因1 4位元之記錄碼系列中下階3位元之 〔1 0 0〕係記錄識別資料用而虛擬形成溝,因此須始終為 脊。因而0X40h之子碼須係自脊開始的圖案。另外,該同 步信號之最後係以下階第二位元之〔1〕反轉成脊。因此 資料產生器3 2 6於同步信號與子碼之間的連續位元係選 擇〔000〕作為滿足EF Μ之轉換規則,且0X4 Oh之子碼係 自脊開始的連接位元。 此外,圖3 6中之(B )所示的例子中’同步信號於1 1 τ之溝 之後設有1 1T之脊。0X4 Oh之子碼的下階3位元之〔1〇〇 須始終為脊,因而須為自脊開始的圖案。另外,該同步作 號之最後係以下階第二位元之〔丨〕反轉成溝。因此資料 產生器326於同步信號與子碼之間的連續位元係選擇〔〕 作為滿足E F Μ之轉換規則 連接位元。 且0X4Oh之子碼係自脊開始的 使用圖3 7說明以E F μ轉換矣+ ^ 、山 ^ &quot; 十進制將第68個之〇χ44 使用於識別貢料之記錄區域 '妁子碼。圖37中之(Α)所示白? 例子中,同步信號於丨丨Τ之脊 之後設有11Τ之溝。〇x44h之 -82, 1244069 (77) R 明說ϊϊΐ 子碼,因1 4位元之記錄碼系列中自上階第9位元至第1 1位 元之〔1 〇 〇〕係記錄識別資料用而虛擬形成溝,因此須始 終為脊。因而0X44h之子碼須係自溝開始的圖案。另外, 該同步信號之最後係以下階第二位元之〔1〕反轉成脊。 因此資料產生器3 2 6於同步信號與子碼之間的連續位元係 選擇〔0 1 0〕作為滿足E F Μ之轉換規則,且〇 X 4 4 h之子碼 係自溝開始的連接位元。 此外,圖3 7中之(B )所示的例子中,同步信號於1 1 τ之溝 之後設有11T之脊。0X44h之子碼之自第9位元至第11位元 之〔1 0 0〕須始終為脊,因而須為自溝開始的圖案。另外 ,該同步信號之最後係以下階第二位元之〔1〕反轉成溝 。因此資料產生器3 26於同步信號與子碼之間的連續位元 係選擇〔〇〇〇〕作為滿足EFM之轉換規則,且〇X44h之子 碼係自溝開始的連接位元。 使用圖38說明以EFM轉換表之十進制將第71個之0X4 7h 使用於識別資料之記錄區域的子碼。圖3 8中之(A)及(B) 所示的例子中,同步信號於1 1 T之脊之後設有1 1 τ之溝。 0 X 4 7 h之子碼,因1 4位元之記錄碼系列中自上階第9位元 至第1 1位元之〔1 00〕係記錄識別資料用而虛擬形成溝, 因此須始終為脊。因而0X47h之子碼須係自溝開始的圖案 。另外,該同步信號之最後係以下階第二位元之〔1〕反 轉成脊。因此資料產生器3 2 6於同步信號與子碼之間的連 續位元〔〇 1 〇〕係選擇〔0 0 1〕作為滿足E F Μ之轉換規則, 且0X47h之子碼係自溝開始的連接位元。 1244069 (78^ 發明說明續頁 圖3 8中之(C )所示的例子中,同步信號於丨丨τ之溝之後設 有11T之脊。此外,〇X47h之子碼之自上述第9位元至第&quot; 位元之〔1 00〕須始終為脊,因而須為自溝開始的圖案。 另外,該同步信號之最後係以下階第二位元之〔丨〕反轉 成溝。因此資料產生器3 2 6於同步信號與子碼之間的連續 位元係選擇〔000〕作為滿足EFM之轉換規則,且〇X47h 之子碼係自溝開始的連接位元。 如圖35所示’以上之切割裝置32丨於須記錄之抽樣資料 經由輸入端子322a輸入至A/D轉換器322時,A/D轉換器 3 2 2將資料自類比彳§號轉換成數位信號,並輪出至錯誤訂 正編碼電路323,錯誤訂正編碼電路3 23實施於抽樣内組合 交叉隔行掃描與4次之簣片所羅門碼的編碼,並輸出至調 制電路324。調制電路324將資料予以EFM調制。亦即調制 電路324依據前述圖7及圖8所示之EFM轉換表,以EFM轉 換表將須記錄之資料自8位元轉換成1 4位元,並輸出至資 料產生器326。子碼產生器3 2 5生成因應記錄資料之位址資 訊等8位元的子碼,並將其轉換成14位元輪出至資料產生 器3 26。而後,資料產生器3 26自轉換電路3 24輸入有資料 ’並且自子碼產生器3 2 5輸入有子碼等資料,將此等資料 相加’並於14位元之區塊間插入3位元的連接位元,生成 記錄資料,將該記錄資料以NRZI調制,並輪出至光調制 器 3 2 8。 另外,雷射源327射出雷射光,雷射光射入光調制器328 。光調制器3 28依據自資料產生器326之輸入調制雷射光。 -84 - 發明說明續頁 1244069 亦即,光調制器3 2 8自資料產生器3 2 6輸入有〔1〕時,調 制雷射光。被光調制器3 2 8調制之雷射光射入反射鏡3 2 9 。反射鏡3 2 9係藉由移動機構3 3 0移動,俾能於整個玻璃原 盤3 3 5之内外周掃描雷射光。而雷射光藉由對物透鏡3 3 1 聚光,並藉由旋轉驅動部之心軸馬達3 3 2照射於以恒線速 度(CLV; ConstantLinear Velocity)等旋轉的玻璃原盤 335 上。此時,對物透鏡3 3 1藉由對物透鏡驅動機構3 3 3驅動變 位於雷射光之光軸方向,形成聚焦控制。 其次’參照圖3 9說明於識別資料記錄步驟中使用之光碟 上s己錄識別資料的資料記錄裝置。 進行識別貧料記錄之資料記錄裝置3 4 〇亦與前述資料記 錄裝置4 0,1 4 0,2 4 0同樣地具備:旋轉光碟3 〇丨的心軸馬As shown in Fig. 3, the material 3 3 6 self-modulation circuit 3 2 4 is input with EFM-modulated recording data, and the sub-code is input from the sub-code generator 3 2 5. The data generator 3 2 6 inserts 3-bit connection bits between 14-bit blocks of the recording code series. Specifically, the data generator 3 26 satisfies the maximum inversion interval T ma X = 1 0 and the minimum inversion interval T mi η = 2 of the EF M conversion rule, and then from [0 0 0], [1 0 0], [0 1 0], [0 0 1] select the connection bit that makes the absolute value of the digital total value (DSV; Digital Sum Vale) smaller and has less low-frequency components. A 3-bit connection bit is inserted between blocks. Then, the data generator 3 2 6 uses the record code series as 17 bits to generate the data shown in FIG. 1. The data generator 3 2 6 outputs the generated data to the light modulator 3 2 8. The data generation source 3 2 6 generates the connection bits for specific subcodes such as 0X4 0h, 0X44h, 0X4 7h when identifying the recording area of the tributary material. The data generator 3 2 6 is connected to a discrimination unit 3 3 4 which discriminates a connection bit of an area where the identification data is recorded. The discriminating section 3 3 4 chooses to insert a synchronization letter in the data generator 3 2 6 -81- 丨 Description of the invention continued 1244069 -w 1--Taxi Ui ... Π \! Lee! ^ urr '^! Ί 言 ’! To Λ Μ γ, 卩.,! ) JL.-^-· I ... '...-. The combination determines whether the EFM conversion rule is met, that is, whether the maximum inversion interval Tmax is 10 and the minimum inverse spine interval Tmin is 2, once it is in a specific position Yuan always forms the ridge. In the following, a subcode using the 64th 0 × 4 0 h of the identification data in the decimal format of the EF M conversion table will be described using FIG. 36. In the example shown in (a) of FIG. 36, the synchronization signal is provided with a 1 1 T groove after the 1 1 T ridge. The subcodes of 0 X 4 0 h are virtually formed as grooves because of the lower 3 bits of [1 0 0] in the 14-bit record code series, which are used for recording identification data, so they must always be ridges. Therefore, the child code of 0X40h must be a pattern starting from the ridge. In addition, at the end of the synchronization signal, [1] of the second bit of the lower order is inverted into a ridge. Therefore, the data generator 3 2 6 selects [000] as the continuous bit between the synchronization signal and the sub code, and the sub code of 0 × 4 Oh is the connected bit from the ridge. In addition, in the example shown in (B) in Fig. 36, the 'synchronization signal' is provided with a ridge of 1 1T after a groove of 1 1 τ. The lower order 3 bits of the 0X4 Oh code must be ridges all the time, so they must be patterns starting from the ridges. In addition, the last of the synchronization signal is the inversion of the second bit [丨] into a groove. Therefore, the data generator 326 selects [] as the continuous bit between the synchronization signal and the subcode to satisfy the conversion rule of EFM. And the subcode of 0X4Oh is from the ridge. Use Figure 37 to explain the conversion of F + ^, mountain ^ &quot; in decimal using E F μ to use the 68th 〇χ44 of the recording area to identify the tributary code 妁 subcode. In the example shown in (A) in FIG. 37, the sync signal is provided with a 11T groove after the ridge of the T. 〇x44h of -82, 1244069 (77) R states that 码 subcode, because in the 14-bit record code series, [1〇〇] from the 9th to the 11th bit of the upper order is used for recording identification data The ditch is virtually formed, so it must always be a ridge. Therefore, the child code of 0X44h must be a pattern starting from the groove. In addition, the last of the synchronization signal is [1] in which the second bit of the lower order is inverted into a ridge. Therefore, the data generator 3 2 6 selects [0 1 0] as the continuous bit between the synchronization signal and the subcode as the conversion rule that meets the EF M, and the subcode of 0 × 4 h is the connection bit from the beginning of the groove. . In addition, in the example shown in (B) in FIG. 37, the synchronization signal is provided with a ridge of 11T after the groove of 1 1 τ. The 0x44h subcode [1 0 0] from the 9th bit to the 11th bit must always be a ridge, so it must be a pattern starting from the groove. In addition, at the end of the synchronization signal, [1] of the second bit of the lower order is inverted into a groove. Therefore, the data generator 326 selects [OOOO] as the continuous bit between the synchronization signal and the subcode, which meets the conversion rules of EFM, and the subcode of OX44h is the connected bit from the beginning of the groove. The subcode in which the 71st of 0X4 7h is used to identify the recording area of the identification data in decimal of the EFM conversion table will be described using FIG. 38. In the example shown in (A) and (B) in FIG. 38, the sync signal is provided with a groove of 1 1 τ after the ridge of 1 1 T. The sub code of 0 X 4 7 h is virtually formed as a groove for the record identification data from the upper 9th to 11th bits in the 14-bit record code series, so it must always be ridge. Therefore, the child code of 0X47h must be the pattern starting from the groove. In addition, the last of the synchronization signal is [1] of the second bit of the lower order, which is converted into a ridge. Therefore, the continuous bits between the data generator 3 2 6 between the synchronization signal and the subcode [0 1 〇] are selected as [0 0 1] as a conversion rule that satisfies EF M, and the subcode of 0X47h is the connection bit from the beginning of the groove. yuan. 1244069 (78 ^ Description of the invention Continuation page In the example shown in (C) in Fig. 3, the sync signal is provided with a ridge of 11T after the groove of 丨 τ. In addition, the subcode of XX47h is from the 9th bit above. [1 00] to the &quot; bit must always be a ridge, so it must be a pattern starting from the groove. In addition, the last of the synchronization signal is the inverse of the second bit [丨] in the lower order into a groove. Therefore, the data The generator 3 2 6 selects [000] as the continuous bit between the synchronization signal and the subcode, which meets the conversion rules of EFM, and the subcode of 0x47h is the connected bit from the beginning of the groove. The cutting device 32 丨 When the sampled data to be recorded is input to the A / D converter 322 through the input terminal 322a, the A / D converter 3 2 2 converts the data from the analog 彳 § number to a digital signal, and rotates to the error The correction encoding circuit 323 and the error correction encoding circuit 3 23 implement the encoding of combining interlaced scanning and 4 times the Solomon code in the sample and output to the modulation circuit 324. The modulation circuit 324 modulates the data to EFM. That is, the modulation circuit 324 According to the EFM conversion shown in Figures 7 and 8 above Table, using EFM conversion table to convert the data to be recorded from 8-bit to 14-bit, and output to the data generator 326. The sub-code generator 3 2 5 generates 8-bit Subcode, and convert it into 14-bit rounds to the data generator 3 26. Then, the data generator 3 26 has data input from the conversion circuit 3 24 and the sub code from the sub code generator 3 2 5 etc. Data, add these data, and insert 3-bit connection bits between 14-bit blocks to generate recorded data, which is modulated with NRZI and rotated out to the optical modulator 3 2 8. In addition, the laser source 327 emits laser light, and the laser light enters the light modulator 328. The light modulator 3 28 modulates the laser light according to the input from the data generator 326. -84-Description of the invention continued on 1244069 That is, the light modulator When 3 2 8 is input from the data generator 3 2 6 with [1], the laser light is modulated. The laser light modulated by the light modulator 3 2 8 enters the reflector 3 2 9. The reflector 3 2 9 is moved by a mechanism Moving 3 3 0, you can scan the laser light inside and outside the entire glass original disk 3 3 5. The objective lens 3 3 1 condenses light and irradiates the glass master 335 rotating at a constant linear velocity (CLV; Constant Linear Velocity) by a spindle motor 3 3 2 of the rotation driving unit. At this time, the objective lens 3 3 1 Driven by the objective lens drive mechanism 3 3 3 to change the optical axis direction of the laser light to form focus control. Secondly, referring to FIG. 3 9, the data record of the recorded identification data on the disc used in the identification data recording step will be described. Device. The data recording device 3 4 〇 for identifying lean material records is also equipped with the same as the aforementioned data recording device 40, 1 4 0, 2 4 0: a mandrel that rotates the disc 3 〇 丨

一步作為記錄光碟3 0 1 備:調制識別資料之調制部 之識別資料之輸入的切換部 圖3 9所示之資料記錄裝置3 4 〇進 之識別資料之記錄系統而具備:^ 3 5 0 ;切換記錄於光碟3 〇丨内 '85- 1244069 ;V I 气 /! ^ Γ- w ί 4 理部3 5 1 it,I jirr 1 ς Ο , i |j g C/) · w/ ^ — 心轴馬 由對準光 軸之旋轉 台一體地 光拾取 體雷射射 30 1之反身 射出之光 f己錄面上 此處之 。半導體 内記錄識 識別資料 於再生時 被光碟 換成電性 3 4 4 〇 對 4 於與對物 軸直交之 RF放大 出信號, 發明說明續頁 -ίί 一 =1、 三〆 ^.rrr· 7?-&gt; -rr- A土 * Η斗 7 =_ 广 %-rrr ΐΐ R'、ί 三Γ 泽1 Ί / ί 4 ^ y ·/ ^ ' ; ] 口 '«~··» ^*4 ^ ^ \wi /. I 、 — ^ — ' 一、v , . ^一一 ▼ -一 , - ^ 及控制光拾取器4 2射出之光束之輸出的輸出控 達3 4 1於心軸上一體性安裝有光碟台。光碟台藉 碟3 0 1之中心孔,以促使光碟3 0 1之旋轉中心與心 中心一致的定心狀態夾住。心軸馬達1 6 1與光碟 旋轉光碟3 0 1。 器342具備:射出光束之半導體雷射;將自半導 出之光束予以聚光之對物透鏡;及檢測被光碟 !·膜反射回之光束的光檢測器等。自半導體雷射 束藉由對物透鏡聚光,並照射於光碟3 0 1之信號 半導體雷射係藉由輸出控制部3 5 2控制雷射輸出 雷射依據輸出控制部3 5 2之控制,進行於光碟3 0 1 別資料用之讀取時,以標準輸出射出光束,記錄 時,以可溶解反射膜而進行熱記錄之方式,以高 之高輸出電平射出光束。 3 0 1之信號記錄面反射回之光束藉由光檢測器轉 信號,光檢測器將該電性信號輸出至R F放大器 分透鏡被二軸致動器等對物透鏡驅動機構支撐, 透鏡之光軸平行之聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光 追蹤方向進行驅動變位。 器3 4 4依據自構成光拾取器3 4 2之光檢測器的輸 生成RF信號、聚焦錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號。 -86- 1244069 _ (81) 發明說明續頁 如聚焦錯誤信號係藉由像散像差法等生成,追蹤錯誤信號 係藉由三束法、推挽法等生成。而RF放大器3 4 4係將聚焦 錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號輸出至伺服控制部3 4 3。 同步信號檢測部3 4 5自RF信號檢測前述圖1所示之幀同 步信號,並且檢測將圖2及圖3所示之子碼予以解碼時的同 步信號。同步信號檢測部3 4 5自同步信號生成時脈。 控制部3 4 3依據自RF放大器3 4 4輸入之聚焦錯誤信號及 追蹤錯誤信號,生成聚焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,並將 此等信號輸出至光拾取器3 42之對物透鏡驅動機構的驅動 電路上。藉此,保持於對物透鏡驅動機構之對物透鏡依據 聚焦控制信號及追蹤控制信號,在與對物透鏡之光軸平行 之聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光軸直交之追蹤方向上進行 驅動變位。控制部3 4 3之自同步信號生成之時脈以與水晶 振盪器之基準時脈之頻率及相位同步之方式生成旋轉伺 服信號,據此,心軸馬達3 4 1如以CLV旋轉光碟3 0 1。 子碼抽出部3 46自RF放大器344所輸入之資料抽出幀同 步信號之後所設置之1 4位元的子編碼,並輸出至檢測部4 7' ,並且輸出至指定識別資料之記錄區域用的子碼解調部 3 4 8 ° 檢測部3 4 7檢測記錄識別資料之位置是否為脊。亦即, 檢測部3 4 7判斷圖3 6至圖3 8中以箭頭顯示之位置是否為脊 。檢測部3 4 7可自輸出端子5 4輸出其檢測結果至監視器等 上,並於監視器上顯示錯誤訊息等。另外,該檢測部3 4 7 於識別資料之記錄位置之前為溝時,亦可判斷記錄位置為 (82) 1244069 發明說明續頁 脊0 /碼解調部3 4 8依據EFM轉換表將記錄有識別資料之區 “子瑪自14位元之資料轉換成8位元之資料。子碼解調 部3 4 8以9 8幀構成1區塊,並,In one step, it is used as a recording system for recording the optical disc 3 0 1 preparation: the switching part of the input of the identification data of the modulation part of the modulation identification data, and the data recording device 34 4 shown in FIG. 39 for the identification data recording system is provided with: ^ 3 50 Switch recorded in disc 3 〇 丨 '85 -1244069; VI Qi /! ^ Γ- w ί 4 Management Department 3 5 1 it, I jirr 1 ς ο, i | jg C /) · w / ^ — mandrel horse The light f emitted from the reverse side of the optical pickup laser 30 1 integrated by the rotating stage aligned with the optical axis has been recorded here. The recording and identification information in the semiconductor is replaced by the optical disc during the reproduction. The signal is amplified by the RF orthogonal to the object axis, and the description of the invention is continued -ί 一 = 1, 三 〆 ^ .rrr · 7 ?-&gt; -rr- A 土 * Η 斗 7 = _ 广% -rrr ΐΐ R '、 ί San Γ Ze 1 Ί / ί 4 ^ y · / ^';] 口 '«~ ·» »^ * 4 ^ ^ \ wi /. I, — ^ — 'I, v,. ^ one one ▼-one,-^ and the output control of the output of the light beam emitted by the optical pickup 4 2 is controlled by 3 4 1 on the mandrel. A CD-ROM is installed. The disc table borrows the center hole of the disc 301 to clamp it in a centering state in which the rotation center of the disc 301 is consistent with the center of the center. Spindle motor 1 6 1 and disc Rotating disc 3 0 1. The detector 342 includes: a semiconductor laser that emits a light beam; an objective lens that condenses the light beam emitted from the half; and a photodetector that detects the light beam reflected by the optical disk and the film. The semiconductor laser beam is focused by the objective lens and irradiates the signal of the optical disc 3 01. The semiconductor laser is controlled by the output control section 3 5 2 and the output laser is controlled by the output control section 3 5 2. When reading the optical disc 3 0 1 for other data, the light beam is emitted at the standard output. When recording, the reflective film can be dissolved and thermal recording is performed to emit the beam at a high output level. The light beam reflected from the signal recording surface of 3 0 1 is converted to a signal by a photodetector. The photodetector outputs the electrical signal to the RF amplifier. The lens is supported by an object lens driving mechanism such as a two-axis actuator. The focus direction parallel to the axis and the light tracking direction of the objective lens are driven and displaced. The generator 3 4 4 generates an RF signal, a focus error signal, and a tracking error signal based on the output of the photodetector constituting the optical pickup 3 4 2. -86- 1244069 _ (81) Continued description of the invention For example, the focus error signal is generated by the astigmatic aberration method and the tracking error signal is generated by the three beam method and the push-pull method. The RF amplifier 3 4 4 outputs a focus error signal and a tracking error signal to the servo control unit 3 4 3. The synchronization signal detecting section 3 4 5 detects the frame synchronization signal shown in FIG. 1 from the RF signal, and detects the synchronization signal when the subcodes shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 are decoded. The synchronization signal detecting section 3 4 5 generates a clock from the synchronization signal. The control unit 3 4 3 generates a focus servo signal and a tracking servo signal based on the focus error signal and the tracking error signal input from the RF amplifier 3 4 4 and outputs these signals to the objective lens driving mechanism of the optical pickup 3 42 On the drive circuit. Thereby, the objective lens maintained in the objective lens driving mechanism is driven in the focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and the tracking direction orthogonal to the optical axis of the objective lens according to the focus control signal and the tracking control signal. Variable Bit. The clock generated from the synchronization signal of the control unit 3 4 3 is synchronized with the frequency and phase of the reference clock of the crystal oscillator to generate a rotation servo signal. Based on this, the spindle motor 3 4 1 rotates the optical disc by CLV 3 0 1. The sub-code extraction unit 3 46 extracts a 14-bit sub-code set after extracting the frame synchronization signal from the data input from the RF amplifier 344, and outputs it to the detection unit 4 7 ', and outputs it to the recording area for specifying the identification data. The sub-code demodulating section 3 4 8 ° detecting section 3 4 7 detects whether the position where the identification data is recorded is a ridge. That is, the detection section 3 4 7 determines whether the position indicated by the arrow in FIGS. 36 to 38 is a ridge. The detection section 3 4 7 can output the detection result from the output terminal 5 4 to a monitor or the like, and display an error message or the like on the monitor. In addition, when the detection section 3 4 7 is a groove before the recording position of the identification data, the recording position can also be determined to be (82) 1244069. Description of the invention Sequential page ridge 0 / Code demodulation section 3 4 8 The area of identification data "Zima is converted from 14-bit data to 8-bit data. The sub-code demodulation section 3 4 8 constitutes 1 block with 98 frames, and,

玍成 P,Q,R,S,T,U,V ,W通道的子碼。亦即,早 子碼解調部3 4 8生成pi〜wl P96〜W96,亦即生成96位元的子 ό . 馬。而佼,子碼解調部3 4 8 …抽出之位址資訊等輪出至控制部343。藉此,控 制部343可使光拾取器342進入識別資料的記錄區域内。 凋制部3 50以特定之調制方 之1 %丨眘料、, 飞凋制自輸入蠕子3 5 3輸入 之4別貝枓,亚經由切換部349 ^ ^ 349 0 Λ ^ 輸出至5己錄處理部351。切 換口 Μ49因應自檢測部347之 3 47^^ „ 翰出進仃切換。亦即,檢測部 於識别貝料之記錄位置為脊時,啟動 經過調制部3 50所調制 、广”將 〇 i入、目,丨加^, 貝科輸出至冗錄處理部3 5 1 才双測邛347於識別資料之 34Q 丁冰〆 吨位置關閉時,關閉切換部 :^經過調制部⑽所調制之識別資料輸出至記錄處 ,記::處理部351進行記錄於光碟3〇1用之…錄處理 亚將進仃記錄處理之資料輸 甘l 貝7寸和出至光拾取器3 4 2。 具5 今兒明 記錄動作:首:上:成之:身料記錄裝置“。之識別資料的 記錄裝置340 1 用戶知下識別資料的記錄鈕時,資料 器342照射光由之先碟台上的光碟301。並且光拾取 準的輸出射出::碟3〇1上。此時’輸出控制部3 5 2以標 之方式控制光拾取器的半導體雷射。而 •88- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (83) 光拾取器3 4 2在被控制部3 4 3控制成聚焦及追蹤伺服的狀 態下開始讀取資料。Form the subcodes of P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W channels. That is, the early subcode demodulation section 3 4 8 generates pi ~ wl P96 ~ W96, that is, generates a 96-bit sub-ma. On the other hand, the sub-code demodulation section 3 4 8… and the extracted address information are output to the control section 343. Thereby, the control section 343 can cause the optical pickup 342 to enter the recording area of the identification data. The withering section 3 50 uses 1% of the specific modulation method. Be careful, the flying withering is input from the input worm 3 5 3 and the 4 beaker, and the output is 5 to 5 through the switching section 349 ^ ^ 349 0 Λ ^录 处理 部 351. The switching port M49 is switched in accordance with 3 47 ^^ of the detection section 347. That is, when the detection section recognizes that the recording position of the shell material is a ridge, it starts to be modulated by the modulation section 3, 50. Enter, add, add ^, Beko output to the redundant recording processing unit 3 5 1 Only double-check the 347 when the 34Q Ding Bing ton position of the identification data is closed, the switching unit is closed: ^ The identification modulated by the modulation unit ⑽ The data is output to the recorder. Note: The processing unit 351 records the data on the optical disc 301 and uses it for record processing. The data that has been processed by the recorder is sent to the optical pickup 7 inches and output to the optical pickup 3 4 2. Tool 5 Jiner Mingming Recording Action: First: Up: Chengzhi: Body Recording Device ". The recording device for identification data 340 1 When the user knows the recording button for identification data, the data device 342 irradiates light on the disc table The optical disc 301. And the output of the optical pickup standard is emitted :: on the disc 3〇1. At this time, the 'output control section 3 5 2 controls the semiconductor laser of the optical pickup in a standard manner. And • 88-1244069 Description of the invention continued page (83) The optical pickup 3 4 2 starts reading data in a state where the control unit 3 4 3 controls the focus and tracking servo.

如圖4 0所示,資料記錄裝置3 4 0於步驟S 3 0 1中,為將識 別資料記錄於特定區域内,控制部3 4 3依據子碼解調部3 4 8 解調之子碼的Τ Ο C等,使光拾取器3 4 2執道跳越於識別資 料之記錄區域。其次,資料記錄裝置3 4 0以子碼抽出部3 4 6 抽出識別資料之記錄區域的子碼,輸出1 4位元之資料至檢 測部3 4 7。於步驟S 3 0 2中,檢測部3 4 7判斷圖3 6及圖3 8中 箭頭顯示之位置是否為脊。檢測部3 4 7於記錄位置為脊時 ,於步驟S 3 0 3中,啟動切換部3 4 9,為溝時,於步驟S 3 0 4 中關閉切換部3 49,搜尋下一個。並且自輸入端子3 5 3輸入 識別資料時,調制部3 5 0以特定方式調制識別資料。檢測 部3 4 7於切換部3 4 9啟動時,調制部3 5 0經由切換部3 4 9輸出 經過調制之識別資料至記錄處理部3 5 1。記錄處理部3 5 1 輸出至光拾取器342。As shown in FIG. 40, in step S 3 01, the data recording device 3 4 0 records the identification data in a specific area, and the control unit 3 4 3 performs demodulation of the subcodes based on the subcode demodulation unit 3 4 8. Τ Ο C, etc., make the optical pickup 3 4 2 jump over the recording area of the identification data. Next, the data recording device 3 4 0 extracts the sub code of the recording area of the identification data by the sub code extraction unit 3 4 6 and outputs 14-bit data to the detection unit 3 4 7. In step S 3 02, the detection unit 3 4 7 determines whether the position indicated by the arrow in Figs. 36 and 38 is a ridge. When the detection portion 3 4 7 is a ridge, the switching portion 3 4 9 is activated in step S 3 0 3. When the recording portion is a ditch, the switching portion 3 49 is closed in step S 3 0 4 and the next portion is searched. When the identification data is input from the input terminal 3 5 3, the modulation unit 350 modulates the identification data in a specific manner. When the detection section 3 4 7 is activated, the modulation section 3 5 0 outputs the modulated identification data to the recording processing section 3 51 via the switching section 3 4 9. The recording processing section 3 5 1 outputs to the optical pickup 342.

另外識別資料之記錄區域亦可使用Q通道之子碼之 ADR内的識別資料來指定,亦可藉由檢測R〜W通道之子碼 是否為固定值來指定記錄識別資料之區域,並將裝置設定 成識別資料的記錄模式。 此時,輸出控制部3 5 2為求藉由溶解反射膜來熱記錄識 別資料,而將半導體雷射之輸出自標準電平切換成高電平 。資料記錄裝置3 4 0於前述圖4所示之Q通道之子碼的記錄 區域,亦即自UDI index下階4位元至CRC之84位元内記錄 資料。具體而言,資料記錄裝置40係於UDI index之下階4 -89- Ϊ244069 (84) 發明說明續頁 位元内記錄可記錄時間及記錄完成時間等,其次於5 6位元 之UDI payload内記錄識別資料,其次於8位元之AFR A ME 内記錄幀編號等位址資訊,其次於1 6位元之C R C内記錄錯 决訂正碼。 以下,參照圖4 1說明此等資料的記錄方法。另夕卜,本圖 所示的例子係將圖9〇及圖38所示之0又471變成0乂0711者。 於識別資料記錄前,識別資料記錄前之圖案A如圖4 1中之 (A)所示,於2 4位元之幀同步信號之後插入〔〇 〇 〇〕之連接 位元,其次記錄〔00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00〕(〇X47h)之子碼,其 次記錄〔100〕之連接位元。光碟1於11 τ之長度的溝P1之 後設置11T之脊L1,其次設置7T之溝P2,其次設置3T之脊 L2,其次設置3T之溝P3,其次設置3T之脊L3,其次設置 3 丁之溝P4。資料記錄裝置40藉由於溝P3至溝P4照射高輸 出之光束,溶解反射膜進行熱記錄,於脊L3之位置上虛 擬形成連接於溝P 3與溝P 4之溝,而形成圖4 1中之(B )所示 之記錄後的圖案A。亦即,記錄後之圖案A之子碼區域内 記錄有〔 00100100000000〕(0X07h)之圖案。因此,光碟 301中,於11T之長度之溝P11之後設置11T之脊L11,其次 設置7T之溝P12’其次設置3T之脊L12,其次設置9T之溝 P13。 以下說明幀同步信號之圖案與上述例子相反時,如 圖4 1中之(C )所示,識別資料記錄前之圖案b於2 4位元 之幀同步信號之後插入〔0 0 1〕之連接位元,其次記錄 〔00100100100100〕(0X4 7h)之子碼,其次記錄〔1〇〇〕之 發明說明續頁 1244069 (85) 連接位元。光碟301於11T之長度的脊L21之後設置ΠΤ之 溝P21,其次設置4丁之脊L22’其次設置3T之溝P22’其次 設置3T之脊L23,其次設置3T之溝P23,其次設置3T之脊 L24,其次設置3T之溝P24。資料記錄裝置4〇藉由於溝P23 至溝P24照射高輸出之光束,溶解反射膜進行熱記錄,於 脊L24之位置上虛擬形成連接於溝P23與溝P24之溝,而形 成圖4 1中之(D)所示之記錄後的圖案B。亦即’記錄後之 圖案B之子碼區域内記錄有〔 00100100000000〕(0X07h) 之圖案。因此,光碟301中,於11T之長度之脊L31之後設 置UT之溝P31,其次設置4T之脊L32,其次設置3T之溝P32 ,其次設置3T之脊L33,其次設置9T之溝P33。 如此,資料記錄裝置3 4 0藉由高輸出之光束的啟動關閉 ,形成包含因應識別資料之溝與脊的圖案,並在Q通道 子碼内記錄識別資料。 採用上述方法,以子碼中之位址資訊等指定為識別資In addition, the recording area of the identification data can also be specified by using the identification data in the ADR of the subcode of the Q channel, and the area of the identification data can also be specified by detecting whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is a fixed value, and the device is set to Identify the recording mode of the data. At this time, the output control section 3 52 switches the output of the semiconductor laser from the standard level to the high level in order to thermally record the identification data by dissolving the reflective film. The data recording device 340 records data in the recording area of the subcode of the Q channel shown in FIG. 4 above, that is, from the lower 4 bits of the UDI index to the 84 bits of the CRC. Specifically, the data recording device 40 is below the UDI index. 4 -89- Ϊ244069 (84) Description of the invention The recordable time and record completion time in the continuation bit are the second, followed by the 56-bit UDI payload. Record identification data, followed by address information such as frame number in AFR A ME of 8 bits, and error correction code recorded in CRC of 16 bits. Hereinafter, a method of recording such data will be described with reference to FIG. 41. In addition, the example shown in this figure is a case where 0 and 471 shown in FIGS. 90 and 38 are changed to 0 × 0711. Before the identification data record, the pattern A before the identification data record is shown in (A) of FIG. 41. After the 24-bit frame synchronization signal, the connection bit of [00〇] is inserted, followed by [00]. 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00] (〇X47h), followed by the connection bit of [100]. The optical disc 1 is provided with a ridge L1 of 11T after a groove P1 of a length of 11 τ, followed by a groove P2 of 7T, followed by a ridge L2 of 3T, followed by a ridge L3 of 3T, followed by a ridge L3 of 3T, and 3 d. Ditch P4. The data recording device 40 irradiates a high-output light beam from the grooves P3 to P4, dissolves the reflective film for thermal recording, and virtually forms a groove connected to the groove P3 and the groove P4 at the position of the ridge L3, thereby forming FIG. 41. The recorded pattern A shown in (B). That is, a pattern of [00100100000000] (0X07h) is recorded in the subcode area of the pattern A after recording. Therefore, in the optical disc 301, a 11T ridge L11 is provided after the 11T ditch P11, a 7T ridge P12 ', a 3T ridge L12, and a 9T ridge P13. In the following description, when the pattern of the frame synchronization signal is opposite to the above example, as shown in (C) in FIG. 41, the pattern b before identification data recording is inserted with a connection of [0 0 1] after the frame synchronization signal of 24 bits. Bit, followed by the subcode of [00100100100100] (0X4 7h), and the invention description of [100], followed by 1244069 (85) connected bits. The optical disc 301 is provided with a ridge T21 of ΠT after a ridge L21 of a length of 11T, followed by a ridge of 4T L22 ', a ridge of 3T P22', a ridge L3 of 3T, a P23 of 3T, and a ridge of 3T L24, followed by 3T trench P24. The data recording device 40 forms a groove connected to the groove P23 and the groove P24 at the position of the ridge L24 by irradiating a high-output light beam from the groove P23 to the groove P24, and dissolving the reflective film for thermal recording. (D) Recorded pattern B shown. That is, a pattern of [00100100000000] (0X07h) is recorded in the subcode area of the pattern B after recording. Therefore, in the optical disc 301, a UT groove P31 is set after a ridge L31 of a length of 11T, followed by a ridge L32 of 4T, a groove P32 of 3T, a ridge L33 of 3T, and a groove P33 of 9T. In this way, the data recording device 340 forms a pattern including grooves and ridges corresponding to the identification data by turning on and off the high-output light beam, and records the identification data in the Q channel subcode. Using the above method, the address information in the subcode is designated as the identification information

的記錄區域,可於該指定之區域内記錄識別資料。 其次,參照圖42說明藉由上述資料記錄裝置34〇記錄 識別資料之光碟1進行再生的資料再生裝置。 該資料記錄裝置3 6 0亦與前诚次M # 、月J逃貝枓再生裝置60, 1 60, 2 同樣地具備:旋轉記錄有識 〜〜貝枓之先碟3 〇 i的心軸馬 361;檢測對光碟3〇1射出光束 果而反射回之光束的光拾取 362,進行光拾取器362之對物 , 透鏡之t焦控制及追蹤控 ,並且進行心軸馬達36 1之旋 ^ 认 轉&amp;制的&amp;制部3 6 3 ;自光 取裔3 62之輸出生成RF信號 f 们RF放大态3 64 ;自RF信 -91 - (86)1244069 檢測同步信號而生成時 資料等經E F Μ調制之記 對經過解調之資料進行 3 67 ° 脈之同步信號檢測 錄資料予以解調的; 錯誤訂正處理的錯 該資料再生裝置3 60夏供· 、胥·自R F信號抽出 出部3 6 8 ;將EFM調 Ρ〜W通道之子碼的 別資料再生模式之 碟1内之識別資料輸出 調部3 72。 制之1 4位元之子碼解調 子碼解調部3 6 9 ;檢測顯 ^ _料的檢測部3 7 0 ; 的切換部3 7 1 ;及解調 心軸馬達3 6 1與上述各眘 分貝枓再生裝置之 促使定心於光碟台上來令壯 水女裝光碟3 0 1,並 301 ° 〜只竹丹生裝置| 透鏡將自半導體雷射射 田之先束予以聚 3 0 1的信號記錄面上,並 卫且错由光檢測 之信號記錄面反射回之杏 &lt;先束,將該檢測」 说,並輸出至RF放大器264。此時,半々 :生時,倍、以標準輸出射出光束。對物〗 寺對物透鏡驅動機構支撐,於與對物透^ 焦方向及與對物透鏡之光軸直交之 位。 放 出信號 大器364依據自構成光拾取器362之 ,生成RF信號、聚焦錯誤信號及追 發明說明續頁 部3 6 5 ,將内容 释調部3 6 6 ;及 σ夫·吕丁正處王里杳口 子碼之子碼抽 成8位元,生成 示子碼中之識 切換記錄於光 識別資料之解 碟台同樣地, 轉操作該光碟 地,藉由對物 並照射於光碟 $測被光碟3 0 1 轉換成電性信 雷射進行資料 被二軸致動器 光軸平行之聚 向進行驅動變 光檢測器的輸 蹤錯誤信號。 -92- 1244069 I---—-------- (87) 發明說明續頁 1---------- 如聚焦錯誤信號係藉由像散像差法等生成,追蹤錯誤信號 係藉由三束法、推挽法等生成。而RF放大器64為求解調 經過EF Μ調制之資料,而將RF信號輸出至解調部66 ,並 且將聚焦錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號輸出至控制部3 6 3。 同步信號檢測部3 6 5自RF信號檢測圖1所示之巾貞同步信 號’並且檢測將前述圖2及圖3所示之子碼予以解碼時的同 步信號。同步信號檢測部3 6 5自同步信號生成時脈。 控制部3 6 3依據自RF放大器3 64輸入之聚焦錯誤信號及 追蹤錯誤信號,生成聚焦伺服信號及追蹤伺服信號,並將 此等信號輸出至光拾取器3 6 2之對物透鏡驅動機構的驅動 電路上。藉此,保持於對物透鏡驅動機構之對物透鏡依據 水焦錯决彳§ $虎及追縱錯誤彳纟號’在與對物透鏡之光轴平行 之聚焦方向及與對物透鏡之光軸直交之追蹤方向上進行 驅動變位。控制部3 6 3之自同步信號生成之時脈以與水晶 振盪器之基準時脈之頻率及相位同步之方式生成旋轉伺 服信號,據此,心軸馬達3 6 1如以C LV旋轉光碟3 0 1。 解調部3 66依據EFM之十進制,解調内容資料等記錄資 料。具體而言,解調部366係依據圖7及圖8所示之EFM轉 換表,將1 4位元之記錄碼系列轉換成8位元系列的資料位 元。錯誤訂正處理部3 67依據CIRC等十進制將經過解調之 記錄資料予以解調,並輸出至輸出端子3 7 3。如記錄資料 為聲頻資料時,自輸出端子3 73輸出之聲頻資料藉由〇/A 轉換器,自數位信號轉換成類比信號,並自喇叭、耳機、 頭戴耳機等輸出。 1244069 (88) 發明說明續頁 子碼抽出部3 6 8自R F放大器3 6 4所輸入之資料3 、Ύ号田出巾貞同 步信號之後所設置之1 4位元的子編碼,並輸出至 丁碼解調 部3 6 9。子碼解調部3 6 9依據E F Μ轉換表,將1 4位士七一 1 1儿疋之貢料 轉換成8位元之資料。子碼解調部3 6 9以9 8幀構成1區塊 並生成P,Q,R,S,T,U,V,W通道的子碼。亦即, 子碼解調部369生成P1〜W1至P96〜W96,亦即生成96位元 的子碼。 檢測部3 70檢測記錄識別資料之摸式。亦即,檢測部37〇 猎由檢測Q通道之A D R是否為再生識別資料的模式,來指 定記錄有識別資料的區域。檢測部3 7 0檢測出顯示再生識 別資料之模式的識別資料時,啟動切換部3 7 i,並將自子 碼抽出部3 6 8所輸入之識別資料輸出至解調部3 7 2。檢測部 3 7 0無法檢測顯示再生識別資料之模式的識別資料時,表 示並非識別資料的記錄區域,並關閉切換部3 7 1,不使自 子碼抽出部3 6 8所輸入之識別資料輸出至解調部3 7 2。 此外’檢測部3 70亦可藉由檢測子碼之R〜w通道,檢測 其是否為保存於記憶體内之固定值,來指定記錄有識別資 料的區域。亦即,檢測部37〇係檢測圖時R〜w通道是否Can be used to record identification information in the designated area. Next, a data reproduction device for reproducing data on the optical disc 1 on which the identification data is recorded by the data recording device 340 will be described with reference to FIG. This data recording device 3 6 0 is also equipped with the following Makoto M # and Month J escape shellfish reproduction devices 60, 1 60, 2: rotation recording knowledge ~ ~ Behr's first disc 3 〇i mandrel horse 361 ; Detect the optical pickup 362 of the light beam emitted from the optical disc 3 and reflect back, perform object alignment of the optical pickup 362, t-focus control and tracking control of the lens, and perform rotation of the spindle motor 36 1 ^ &amp; system & system 3 6 3; Generate RF signal from the output of light source 3 62 f RF amplification state 3 64; From RF signal -91-(86) 1244069 Data generated when detecting synchronization signal EF Μ modulation record demodulated data by 3 67 ° pulse synchronization signal detection and recording data demodulation; error correction processing error of this data reproduction device 3 60 summer supply, 胥, from RF signal extraction section 3 6 8; output the identification data 3 72 in the disc 1 of the other data reproduction mode of the sub-code of the EFM channel P to W. The 14-bit subcode demodulation subcode demodulation unit 3 6 9; the detection unit 3 7 0 that detects the display material; the switching unit 3 7 1; and the demodulation spindle motor 3 6 1 The decibel regeneration device encourages centering on the disc table to make Zhuangshui Women's Disc 3 0 1 and 301 ° ~ only Zhu Dansheng device | The lens records the signal from the semiconductor laser field to gather 3 0 1 On the surface, the signal that was reflected by the signal recording surface of Pingwei and was mistakenly reflected by the light &lt; beam first, said detection '', and output to the RF amplifier 264. At this time, half a moment: when it is born, the beam is emitted at the standard output. Opposite object: The temple's objective lens drive mechanism is supported at a position perpendicular to the focal direction of the object and perpendicular to the optical axis of the objective lens. The output signal amplifier 364 generates an RF signal, a focus error signal, and a description of the invention according to the self-constructed optical pickup 362, and continues the page description section 3 65, and the content release section 3 6 6; The sub-code of the mouth sub-code is drawn into 8 bits, and the identification in the sub-code is generated. The disc recording platform for recording the optical identification data is similarly changed. 1 The data converted into electrical signal lasers are tracked by a two-axis actuator with the optical axis parallel to the tracking error signal that drives the variable light detector. -92- 1244069 I ------------ (87) Description of the Invention Continued Page 1 --------- If the focus error signal is generated by the astigmatic aberration method, etc., The tracking error signal is generated by a three-beam method, a push-pull method, or the like. The RF amplifier 64 outputs the RF signal to the demodulation section 66 in order to obtain the FM modulated data, and outputs a focus error signal and a tracking error signal to the control section 3 63. The synchronization signal detecting section 3 65 detects the frame synchronization signal 'shown in Fig. 1 from the RF signal and detects the synchronization signal when the subcodes shown in Figs. 2 and 3 are decoded. The synchronization signal detection section 3 6 5 generates a clock from the synchronization signal. The control section 3 6 3 generates a focus servo signal and a tracking servo signal based on the focus error signal and the tracking error signal input from the RF amplifier 3 64, and outputs these signals to the objective lens driving mechanism of the optical pickup 3 6 2 On the drive circuit. As a result, the objective lens held in the objective lens driving mechanism is determined in accordance with the hydrofocus. § $ 虎 和 追縱 Error No. 'is in the focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and the light with the objective lens Drive displacement in the tracking direction where the axis is orthogonal. The clock generated from the synchronization signal of the control unit 3 6 3 is synchronized with the frequency and phase of the reference clock of the crystal oscillator to generate a rotation servo signal. Based on this, the spindle motor 3 6 1 rotates the optical disc 3 as C LV. 0 1. The demodulation section 3 66 demodulates recorded data such as content data in accordance with the decimal of the EFM. Specifically, the demodulation unit 366 converts a 14-bit recording code series into an 8-bit data bit according to the EFM conversion tables shown in Figs. 7 and 8. The error correction processing section 3 67 demodulates the demodulated recording data based on the decimal such as CIRC, and outputs the demodulated data to the output terminal 3 7 3. If the recorded data is audio data, the audio data output from output terminal 3 73 is converted from digital signals to analog signals by a 0 / A converter, and output from speakers, headphones, and headphones. 1244069 (88) Description of the invention Continuation page subcode extraction unit 3 6 8 Data input from RF amplifier 3 6 4 3, sub-code of 1 4-bit set after Ύ 田田 出 ΎSynchronization signal, and output to T-code demodulation section 3 6 9. The sub-code demodulation section 3 6 9 converts the 14-year-old 7-11 11-year-old tributary materials into 8-bit data according to the E F M conversion table. The sub-code demodulation section 3 69 constructs 1 block with 9 8 frames and generates sub-codes of P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W channels. That is, the subcode demodulation section 369 generates P1 to W1 to P96 to W96, that is, generates a 96-bit subcode. The detection section 3 70 detects a touch-type of the record identification data. That is, the detection unit 37 specifies a region in which the identification data is recorded by detecting whether or not the A D R of the Q channel is a reproduction identification data. When the detection section 37 detects the identification data showing the mode of the reproduction identification data, the switching section 3 7 i is activated, and the identification data input from the subcode extraction section 3 6 8 is output to the demodulation section 3 72. When the detection section 3 7 0 cannot detect the identification data showing the mode of the reproduction identification data, it indicates that it is not the recording area of the identification data, and closes the switching section 3 7 1 to prevent the identification data input from the subcode extraction section 3 6 8 from being output To the demodulation section 3 7 2. In addition, the 'detection section 3 70 can also detect the R ~ w channel of the subcode to detect whether it is a fixed value stored in the memory to specify the area where the identification data is recorded. That is, the detection unit 37 detects whether the R ~ w channel is

為〔 000000〕,圖9C時R〜w通道是否為〔000 1 00〕,圖9D 時R〜w通這是否為〔000111〕。檢測部3 70於自子碼解調部 3 69所輸入之R〜W通道的資料為固定值時,啟動切換部371 可將自子碼抽出部3 6 8所輸入之識別資料輸出至解調部 72彳双測部3 7 0於自子碼解調部3 5 9所輸入之R〜w通道的 資料並非固定值時,表示並非識別資料之記錄區域,而關 •94· 1244069 _ (89) I發明說明續頁 閉切換部3 7 1,不使自子碼抽出部3 6 8所輸入之識別資料輸 出至解調部3 7 2。 識別資料解調部3 7 2自子碼解調部3 6 9,經由切換部3 7 1 輸入Q通道之子碼。識別資料解調部3 7 2參照記錄於圖4所 示之UDI index的記錄完成時間等,解調記錄於UDI payload内所記錄的識別資料,再使用CRC進行錯誤訂正 處理,並輸出至輸出端子374。Is [000000], is the R ~ w channel at [000 1 00] in Fig. 9C, and the R ~ w channel is at [000111] in Fig. 9D. When the data of the R ~ W channel input from the sub-code demodulation unit 3 69 is a fixed value, the detection unit 3 70 can output the identification data input from the sub-code extraction unit 3 6 8 to the demodulation. When the data of the R ~ w channel input from the sub-code demodulation section 3 5 9 is not a fixed value, it means that it is not the recording area of the identification data, and it is • 94 · 1244069 _ (89 ) I Description of the invention Continuation page closed switching section 3 71 does not output the identification data input from the subcode extraction section 3 6 8 to the demodulation section 3 7 2. The identification data demodulation section 3 7 2 inputs the sub code of the Q channel from the sub code demodulation section 3 6 9 via the switching section 3 7 1. The identification data demodulation section 3 7 2 refers to the recording completion time and the like recorded in the UDI index shown in FIG. 4 to demodulate the identification data recorded in the UDI payload, and then uses the CRC to perform error correction processing and outputs to the output terminal 374.

其次,說明上述之資料再生裝置3 6 0的資料讀取動作。 用戶按下再生鈕時,資料再生裝置3 6 0驅動心軸馬達3 6 1 ,並以一定之線速度旋轉安裝於構成光碟安裝部之光碟台 上的光碟3 0 1。並且光拾取器3 6 2照射光束於光碟1上。此 時,半導體雷射以標準的輸出射出光束。於光拾取器3 62 藉由控制部3 6 3控制成聚焦及追蹤控制的狀態下開始讀取 資料。Next, the data reading operation of the data reproduction device 360 described above will be described. When the user presses the reproduction button, the data reproduction device 3 60 drives the spindle motor 3 6 1 and rotates the optical disc 3 1 mounted on the optical disc table constituting the optical disc mounting portion at a constant linear speed. And the optical pickup 3 6 2 irradiates the light beam on the optical disc 1. At this time, the semiconductor laser emits a light beam with a standard output. The reading of the data is started with the optical pickup 3 62 controlled by the control unit 3 6 3 to focus and tracking control.

如圖43所示,該資料再生裝置360於步驟S311中進入識 別資料的記錄區域,以子碼抽出部3 6 8抽出子碼,並以子 碼解調部3 6 9解調。於步驟S 3 1 2中,檢測部3 7 0讀取子碼之 Q通道,判斷至少圖4所示之可記錄區域是否全部為〔1〕 。此因未記錄識別資料之光碟3 0 1並未因記錄識別資料而 溶解反射膜虛擬形成溝,因此至少Q通道之可記錄區域全 部為〔1〕。當然Q通道之幀全部為可記錄區域時,只須判 斷Q通道之子碼是否全部為〔1〕即可。資料再生裝置3 6 0 於Q通道之可記錄區域全部為〔1〕時,進入步驟S 3 1 3, 否貝1進入步驟S 3 1 4。 -95- 1244069 _ (90) 發明說明續頁As shown in FIG. 43, the data reproduction device 360 enters the recording area of the identification data in step S311, extracts the subcode by the subcode extraction portion 3 68, and demodulates by the subcode demodulation portion 369. In step S 3 12, the detection section 3 70 reads the Q channel of the subcode, and determines whether at least all the recordable areas shown in FIG. 4 are [1]. This is because the disc 3 0 1 on which identification data is not recorded does not dissolve the reflective film to form a virtual groove due to the recording identification data, so at least all of the recordable area of the Q channel is [1]. Of course, when all the frames of the Q channel are recordable areas, it is only necessary to determine whether the subcodes of the Q channel are all [1]. When the data recording device 3 6 0 has all the recordable areas of the Q channel being [1], the process proceeds to step S 3 1 3, and if no, the process proceeds to step S 3 1 4. -95- 1244069 _ (90) Description of the invention continued

資料再生裝置3 6 0於Q通道之可記錄區域全部為〔1〕時 ,於步驟S 3 1 3中關閉切換部3 7 1,禁止讀取識別資料,禁 止記錄於光碟3 0 1内之内容資料等的再生。Q通道之可記 錄區域全部為〔1〕之光碟3 0 1係尚未記錄識別資料的光碟 ,為識別資料記錄前經宣布為不正確者。When the data recording device 3 6 0 has all the recordable areas of the Q channel [1], the switching section 3 7 1 is turned off in step S 3 1 3 to prevent the reading of identification data and the content recorded on the optical disc 3 0 1 Reproduction of materials, etc. The Q-channel recordable areas are all [1] discs 301, which are discs that have not yet recorded identification data, and are identified as incorrect before the identification data is recorded.

資料再生裝置3 6 0於Q通道之可記錄區域並非均為〔1〕 時,於步驟S 3 1 4中,以檢測部3 7 0檢測Q通道之ADR為識 別資料之記錄區域時,形成讀取識別資料的再生模式。其 次,於步驟S 3 1 5中,資料再生裝置3 6 0讀取識別資料,並 予以解調,其次,如允許記錄於光碟3 0 1内之内容資料的 再生處理。 採用以上方法,藉由判斷Q通道之可記錄區域是否均為 〔1〕,如可於識別資料記錄前限制經宣布為不正確之光碟 的再生。採用該方法可限制使用剝落光碟3 0 1之保護膜及 反射膜,轉印光碟基板凹凸之溝圖案而製成之翻印模所製 造出之不正確光碟的再生。由於識別資料係藉由溶解反射 膜虛擬形成溝來記錄,並非凹凸的圖案,因此未轉印至翻 印模。 該資料再生裝置3 60亦可如以下地控制資料的再生。如 圖4 4所示,於步驟S 3 2 1中,資料再生裝置3 6 0以檢測部3 7 0 檢測Q通道之ADR為識別資料之記錄區域時,形成讀取識 別資料的再生模式。於步驟S 3 2 2中,資料再生裝置3 6 0以 檢測部3 7 0抽出子碼之R〜W通道,判斷自光碟3 0 1讀取之 R〜W通道的子碼是否為特定之固定值。如使用圖9(D)所示 -96- (91)1244069 發明說明續頁 之0 X4 7 h與〇 X 〇 7 h之組合時,檢測部3 7 0判斷R〜W通道之子 碼是否為〔〇 〇 〇 1 1 1〕。而資料再生裝置3 6 0於檢測部3 7 〇判 斷為固定值,亦即R〜W通道之子碼為〔000111〕時,進人 步驟S 3 2 3,判斷非固定值,亦即R〜W通道之子碼並非 〔0 0 0 1 1 1〕時,則進入步驟S 3 2 4。 資料再生裝置3 6 0於檢測部3 7 0判斷R〜W通道之子碼為 固定值時,於步驟S 3 23中,如目前安裝之光碟301為正確 的光碟時,啟動切換部3 7 1,可讀取識別資料。子碼解調 部3 69經由切換部37丨輸入有Q通道之子碼時,識別資料解 調部3 7 2參照記錄於圖4所示之U DI i n d e X内的記錄完成時 間等,將記錄於U DI p a y 1 〇 a d内之識別資料予以解調, 丹 使用C R C進行錯誤訂正處理,並輸出至輸出端子7 4。資料 再生裝置360如開始進行§己錄於光碟1之内容資料的再生 處理。 資料再生裝置3 6 0於檢測部3 7 0判斷R〜W通道之子碼與 固定值不一致時,於步驟S324中,如目前安裝之光磲 並非正確之光碟或種類不同之光碟時,即關閉切換部 ,禁止讀取識別資料,如禁止進行記錄於光碟3〇ι之内容 資料之再生處理等以後的處理。採用本方法可限制經宣= 為不正確之光碟及種類不同之光碟的再生。 旦 +編碼 足EFM +反轉 因此, 如以上β羊述,應用本發明之光碟3 〇 1於圖1所示之 内記錄識別資料時,如圖36至圖38所示,係選擇滿 轉換規則’亦即滿足最大反轉間隔丁_為1〇,最 間隔T m i η為2之條件 且特定之位元始終為脊者。 -97. 1244069 _ (92) 發明說明續頁When the recordable area of the Q channel is not all [1] in the data reproduction device 3 60, in step S 3 1 4, when the detection section 3 70 detects the ADR of the Q channel as the recording area of the identification data, a read is formed. Take the reproduction mode of the identification data. Next, in step S315, the data reproduction device 360 reads the identification data and demodulates it, and secondly, if the reproduction processing of the content data recorded in the optical disc 301 is allowed. With the above method, by judging whether the recordable areas of the Q channel are all [1], it is possible to restrict the reproduction of discs declared as incorrect before recording the identification data. With this method, it is possible to restrict the reproduction of incorrect discs made by using the embossed groove pattern of the disc substrate by peeling off the protective film and reflective film of the 301 disc, and transferring the groove pattern of the disc substrate. Since the identification data is recorded by forming a groove virtually by dissolving the reflective film, it is not a concave-convex pattern, so it is not transferred to the replica. This data reproduction device 3 60 can also control the reproduction of data as follows. As shown in FIG. 4, in step S 3 21, when the data reproduction device 36 uses the detection section 3 70 to detect the ADR of the Q channel as the recording area of the identification data, a reproduction mode for reading the identification data is formed. In step S 3 2 2, the data reproduction device 3 600 extracts the R ~ W channels of the subcodes by the detection unit 37, and determines whether the subcodes of the R ~ W channels read from the optical disc 3 01 are specific and fixed. value. As shown in Figure 9 (D) -96- (91) 1244069 Description of the Invention When the combination of 0 × 4 7 h and 0 × 0 7 h on the following page is used, the detection unit 3 7 0 determines whether the subcode of the R ~ W channel is [ 〇〇〇1 1 1]. The data reproduction device 3 600 determines that the detection portion 3 7 0 is a fixed value, that is, when the subcode of the R ~ W channel is [000111], it proceeds to step S 3 2 3 to determine a non-fixed value, that is, R to W. When the sub-code of the channel is not [0 0 0 1 1 1], the process proceeds to step S 3 2 4. When the data reproduction device 3 6 0 determines that the sub code of the R ~ W channel is a fixed value at the detection unit 3 7 0, in step S 3 23, if the currently installed optical disc 301 is a correct disc, the switching unit 3 7 1 is activated. Can read identification data. When the subcode demodulation unit 3 69 inputs the subcode of the Q channel via the switching unit 37 丨, the identification data demodulation unit 3 7 2 refers to the recording completion time and the like recorded in U DI inde X shown in FIG. 4 and records it in The identification information in U DI pay 1 〇ad is demodulated, and Dan uses CRC for error correction processing and outputs it to output terminal 74. The data reproduction device 360 starts the reproduction processing of the content data recorded on the optical disc 1. When the data reproduction device 3 600 determines that the sub code of the R ~ W channel does not agree with the fixed value at the detection unit 3 70, in step S324, if the currently installed optical disc is not the correct optical disc or a disc of a different type, the switching is turned off. It is forbidden to read the identification data, such as prohibiting the subsequent processing such as the reproduction processing of the content data recorded on the optical disc 300. This method can be used to restrict reproduction of discs that are declared to be incorrect and discs of different types. Once the + encoding foot EFM + reversal Therefore, as described in β above, when the identification data is recorded in FIG. 1 using the optical disc 3 of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 36 to FIG. 38, the full conversion rule is selected That is, the condition that the maximum inversion interval D_ is 10 and the maximum interval T mi η is 2 is satisfied, and the specific bit is always a ridge. -97. 1244069 _ (92) Description of the invention continued

光碟3 0 1可始終使特定之脊反轉成溝之方式記錄識別資料 。記錄識別資料時,因識別資料之記錄位置已決定,因此 控制簡單只須周期性切換輸出即可。該識別資料並非藉由 包含凹凸圖案之溝與脊而記錄者,不實施溶解反射膜並反 射光束。因此,不在使用剝落光碟3 0 1之保護膜及反射膜 ,轉印光碟基板凹凸之溝圖案而製成之翻印模所製造出之 不正確光碟上轉印識別資料,藉此,可限制生手所製造出 之此種光碟的再生。The disc 3 0 1 can always record the identification data by turning a specific ridge into a groove. When the identification data is recorded, since the recording position of the identification data has been determined, it is simple to control and only needs to switch the output periodically. This identification data is not recorded by grooves and ridges including a concave-convex pattern, and the reflection film is not dissolved and the light beam is reflected. Therefore, instead of using the protective film and reflective film of the disc 3 01 to peel off and transfer the groove pattern of the disc substrate to transfer the identification data on the incorrect disc, the identification information can be transferred. Reproduction of such manufactured optical discs.

以上係舉例說明應用本發明之光碟、於該光碟上記錄識 別資料之資料記錄裝置、及將記錄於該光碟之資料予以再 生的再生裝置,不過本發明並不限定於此。如以上例中, 係將資料予以EFM調制來記錄資料者,不過,其調制方式 除此之外’只要係8 — 1 6調制、8 — 1 0調制等將Μ位元之區 塊轉換成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元之調制方式即可,並無特別限制 。記錄識別資料之通道亦可為Q通道以外者,固定值亦不 限定於R〜W通道之子碼。再者,以上例子於8位元系列中 ,係說明將Q通道之〔1〕轉換成〔0〕,不過本發明亦可 為將〔0〕轉換成〔1〕者。 以上例子係以在光碟基板上形成溝圖案,於記錄内容資 料等之再生專用光碟上加註識別資料為例作說明,不過, 應用本發明之光碟亦可於加註型及重寫型光碟上預先記 錄内容資料等,進一步溶解反射膜來記錄識別資料。 另外,對本業者而言,顯然本發明並不限定於上述的實 施例,只要不脫離附加之申請專利範圍及其主旨,可進行 •98- 1244069 發明說明續頁 (93) 各種變更、修正、替換或其同等動作者。 產業上之利用可行性The above are examples of the optical disc to which the present invention is applied, a data recording device for recording identification data on the optical disc, and a reproduction device for reproducing the data recorded on the optical disc, but the present invention is not limited to this. As in the above example, the data is recorded by EFM modulation. However, the modulation method is other than '8-16 modulation, 8-10 modulation, etc., which converts M-bit blocks to N. The modulation method of the (M &lt; N) bits is not particularly limited. The channel for recording identification data may be other than the Q channel, and the fixed value is not limited to the subcode of the R ~ W channel. Furthermore, the above example in the 8-bit series is used to describe the conversion of [1] of the Q channel to [0], but the present invention can also be used to convert [0] to [1]. The above examples are described by taking the groove pattern formed on the optical disc substrate, and adding identification data on a reproduction-only disc for recording content data as an example. However, the optical disc to which the present invention is applied can also be used on a filling type and a rewriting type optical disc. Record the content data in advance, and further dissolve the reflective film to record the identification data. In addition, it is obvious to the practitioner that the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiments, as long as it does not deviate from the scope of the attached patent application and its gist, • 98-1244069 Description of Invention Continued (93) Various changes, amendments, and replacements Or its equivalent. Industrial feasibility

本發明在預先記錄有將Μ位元之資料調制成N (Μ &lt; N) 位元資料之資料的記錄媒體上進一步記錄資料時,係以使 Ν位元資料之某些位元改變,而固定Ν位元資料之其餘某 些位元之方式記錄進一步所記錄之資料,可於保持與現有 格式互換性且已記錄有資料之區域内記錄識別内容資料 等主資料用的資料作為加註資料。因而可確實保護記錄於 各記錄媒體内之内容資料等之主資料。 圖式代表符號說明In the present invention, when further recording data on a recording medium in which data of M bit data is modulated into N (M &lt; N) bit data in advance, it is to change some bits of the N bit data, While the remaining bits of the fixed N-bit data are recorded in a way that further recorded data can be recorded in the area that maintains interchangeability with the existing format and has recorded data, such as identifying content data and other master data data. Therefore, master data such as content data recorded in each recording medium can be reliably protected. Schematic representation of symbols

1, 101 , 201 , 301 光 碟 11 光 阻 塗 敷 12 切 割 步 驟 14 金 屬 原 盤 製 作 步 驟 15 翻 印 模 製 作 步 驟 17 反 射 膜 形 成 步 驟 18 保 護 膜 塗 敷 步 驟 19 識 別 資 料 記 錄 步 驟 2 1 切 割 裝 置 22 A/D轉換丨 i 22a 1 輸 入 端 子 23 ,323 錯 誤 訂 正 編 碼 電 路 24 ,324 調 制 電 路 25 ,325 子 碼 產 生 器 -99- 1244069 發明說明續頁 / , ΐ 7 η -f-T' 貝— 邛斗 產 器 / / ? ^ ^ J ζ / 雷 射 源 28, J 2 8 兀 調 制 29, 329 反 射 鏡 30, 330 移 動 機 構 3 1, 33 1 對 物 透 鏡 32 馬 達 33, 333 對 物 透 鏡 驅 動機構 34, 334 判 別 部 35, 335 玻 璃 原 盤 40, 140, 240 ,340 資 料 記 錄 裝 置 41, 61, 161, 261, 332 , 34 1 心 軸 馬 達 42, 62, 162, 262, 342 光 拾 取 器 43, 63, 163, 263 控 制 部 44, 6 4, 164, 264, 344 RF放 大 器 45, 48, 65, 68 , 70 , 1 65 檢 測 部 170 ,270 ,345 , 347 , 3 7 0 46, 168 ’ 268 ,346 子 石馬 抽 出 部 47, 6 6, 72, 16 6,1 69, 266 解 調 部 49, 7 1, 17 1, 2 5 2, 273 1 349 切 換 部 50, 25 1, 3 50 調 制 部 5 1, 2 5 3, 35 1 1己 錄 處 理 部 52, 153, • 254 ,3 52 輸 出 控 制 部 53, 256 入 端 子 1244069 (95) 發明說明續頁 60, 160, 260 資 料 再 生 裝 置 67, 167 錯 誤 訂 正 處 理 部 69, 269, 3 4 8, 369 子 石馬 解 調 部 73, 173, 2 5 5, 275 輸 出 端 子 12 1 ,22 1 ,32 1 切 割 裝 置 149 識 別 資 料 調 制 部 234 連 接 位 元 控 制 部 250 ,272 連 接 位 元 檢 測 部 328 光 調 制 器 343 伺服控制部1, 101, 201, 301 Optical disc 11 Photoresist coating 12 Cutting step 14 Metal master making step 15 Reprint mold making step 17 Reflective film forming step 18 Protective film coating step 19 Identification data recording step 2 1 Cutting device 22 A / D Conversion 丨 i 22a 1 Input terminal 23,323 Error correction coding circuit 24, 324 Modulation circuit 25, 325 Subcode generator-99-1244069 Description of the invention Continued on page /, ΐ 7 η -fT 'Bei — 邛 bucket generator // ^ ^ J ζ / Laser source 28, J 2 8 Modulation 29, 329 Mirror 30, 330 Moving mechanism 3 1, 33 1 Object lens 32 Motor 33, 333 Object lens drive mechanism 34, 334 Discrimination unit 35 , 335 glass master 40, 140, 240, 340 data recording device 41, 61, 161, 261, 332, 34 1 spindle motor 42, 62, 162, 262, 342 optical pickup 43, 63, 163, 263 Control section 44, 6 4, 164, 264, 344 RF amplifier 45, 48, 65, 68, 70, 1 65 Detection section 170, 270, 345, 347, 3 7 0 46, 168 '268, 346 Zishi Ma extraction section 47, 6 6, 72, 16 6, 1 69, 266 Demodulation section 49, 7 1, 17 1, 2 5 2, 273 1 349 Switching section 50, 25 1, 3 50 Modulation section 5 1, 2 5 3, 35 1 1 Record processing unit 52, 153, • 254, 3 52 Output control unit 53, 256 Input terminal 1244069 (95) Description of the invention continued on 60, 160, 260 Data reproduction device 67, 167 Error Correction processing section 69, 269, 3 4 8, 369 Zishi Ma demodulation section 73, 173, 2 5 5, 275 output terminals 12 1, 22 1, 32 1 cutting device 149 identification data modulation section 234 connection bit control section 250, 272 connected bit detection section 328 light modulator 343 servo control section

Claims (1)

1244069 第091125028號專利申請案 94爭請專利範圍替換本(94年5月) 拾、申請專利範圍 1· 一種記錄方法,其係在預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制成 Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料的記錄媒體内,以使上述Ν 位元資料之某些位元改變,而固定上述Ν位元資料之其 餘某些位元之方式進一步記錄資料。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之記錄方法,其中上述記錄媒體 内預先記錄有上述Ν位元資料作為包含溝部與上述溝 部間之脊部的凹凸圖案。 3. 如申請專利範圍第2項之記錄方法,其中上述方法係藉 由使上述Ν位元資料之上述脊部變成溝部來進一步記 錄資料。 4·如申請專利範圍第3項之記錄方法,其中上述方法係藉 由使上述Ν位元資料之某些位元改變來記錄識別資料。 5. 如申請專利範圍第4項之記錄方法,其中上述識別資料 包含特定記錄上述識別資料之區域用的資料。 6. 如申請專利範圍第4項之記錄方法,其中將包含内容之 主資料與子碼資料調制成上述Ν位元之資料而記錄於 上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資料 之位元。 7. 如申請專利範圍第6項之記錄方法,其中記錄於上述記 錄媒體内之上述Ν位元之資料,係上述Μ位元資料經過 8 — 1 4調制的資料。 8. 如申請專利範圍第1項之記錄方法,其中上述Ν位元之 資料包含連接位元。 80385-940520.doc 12440鎖 9.如申請專利範圍第8項之記錄方法, 内預先記錄有上述N位元之資料作 溝部間之脊部的凹凸圖案,上述方 位元改變,記錄上述連接位元之區 選擇。 10. 如申請專利範圍第9項之記錄方法, 由使上述N位元資料之上述脊部變; 錄資料。 11. 如申請專利範圍第1 0項之記錄方法 記錄媒體内之上述N位元之資料,$ 過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 12·如申請專利範圍第1 1項之記錄方法 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為 任一方變成另一方。 13·如申請專利範圍第1 1項之記錄方法 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為 任一方變成另一方。 14. 如申請專利範圍第1 1項之記錄方法 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為 任一方變成另一方。 15. 如申請專利範圍第8項之記錄方法, 内預先記錄有上述N位元之資料作 溝部間之脊部的凹凸圖案,上述方 述某些位元被改變之上述N位元資米 料後續之N位元資料之間之上述連 80385-940520.doc1244069 Patent Application No. 091125028 94 Claim for a replacement patent scope (May 1994) Pick up and apply for patent scope 1. A recording method in which the M-bit data is modulated to N (M &lt; In the recording medium of the data of the N bit data, the data is further recorded in such a way that certain bits of the above N bit data are changed, and the remaining bits of the above N bit data are fixed. 2. The recording method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the N-bit data is recorded in the recording medium in advance as a concave-convex pattern including a ridge portion between the groove portion and the groove portion. 3. The recording method of item 2 of the patent application range, wherein the above method further records the data by making the ridge portion of the N bit data into a groove portion. 4. The recording method according to item 3 of the scope of patent application, wherein the above method records the identification data by changing certain bits of the above N-bit data. 5. The recording method according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the identification information includes data for specifying the area in which the identification information is recorded. 6. If the recording method of item 4 of the scope of patent application, the main data and subcode data including the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium, and some of the above bits are related to the above-mentioned sub-bits. The bit of code data. 7. If the recording method of item 6 of the scope of patent application, the above-mentioned N-bit data recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium is the data in which the above-mentioned M-bit data is modulated by 8-14. 8. For the recording method of item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the data of the above-mentioned N bit includes the connection bit. 80385-940520.doc 12440 lock 9. According to the recording method of the eighth patent application, the above-mentioned N-bit data is recorded in advance as a concave-convex pattern of the ridge between grooves, the above-mentioned orientation element is changed, and the above-mentioned connection bit is recorded Zone selection. 10. If the recording method in item 9 of the scope of patent application is applied, change the ridge of the above N-bit data; record the data. 11. For the recording method of item 10 in the scope of patent application, the above-mentioned N-bit data in the recording medium, the data over 8 — 14 modulation. 12. If the method of recording item 11 in the scope of patent application is based on the result of changing some of the above bits, either party becomes the other party. 13. If the method of recording item 11 in the scope of patent application is based on the result of changing some of the above bits, either party becomes the other party. 14. If the method for recording item 11 of the scope of patent application is changed by some of the bits mentioned above, either party becomes the other party. 15. If the recording method of item 8 of the scope of patent application, the above-mentioned N-bit data is recorded in advance as a concave-convex pattern of the ridge between grooves, and the above-mentioned N-bit rice materials with certain bits changed The above connection between subsequent N-bit data is 80385-940520.doc 其中上述記錄媒體 為包含溝部與上述 法係以使上述某些 域成為脊的方式作 其中上述方法係藉 技溝部,而進一步記 ,其中記錄於上述 g上述Μ位元資料經 ,其中上述Ν位元之 自 0X47h , 0X07h之 ,其中上述N位元之 自 0X44h , 0X04h之 ,其中上述N位元之 自 0X40h , OXOOh之 其中上述記錄媒體 為包含溝部與上述 法係以將位於使上 +,與上述N位元資 接位元自脊部變成The recording medium includes a groove portion and the above-mentioned legal system in such a manner that some of the domains become ridges. The above method is based on the technique groove portion, and further recorded, which is recorded in the g of the M-bit data history, where the N-bit Yuan from 0X47h, 0X07h, among the above N bits from 0X44h, 0X04h, among the above N bits from 0X40h, OXOOh, where the above recording medium includes a groove portion and the above-mentioned legal system to be located above the +, and The above-mentioned N-bit asset connection bit changes from the ridge to 1244069 溝部,或自溝部變成脊部的方式作選擇。 16. 如申請專利範圍第1 5項之記錄方法,其中上述方法係 藉由使上述N位元資料之上述脊部變成溝部,進一步記 錄資料。 17. 如申請專利範圍第1 6項之記錄方法,其中記錄於上述 記錄媒體内之上述N位元之資料,係上述Μ位元資料經 過8 — 14調制的資料。 18. 如申請專利範圍第1 7項之記錄方法,其中上述方法係 選擇〔000〕以外之圖案作為上述連接位元。 19. 如申請專利範圍第1 7項之記錄方法,其中上述方法係 選擇〔100〕之圖案作為上述連接位元。 20. 如申請專利範圍第1項之記錄方法,其中上述方法係判 別上述Ν位元之其餘資料部分是否為固定值,判別上述 Ν位元之其餘圖案為上述固定值時,係以使上述某些位 元之資料改變的方式進行記錄。 21. 如申請專利範圍第20項之記錄方法,其中上述方法判 別上述Ν位元之其餘資料部分並非上述固定值時,不進 行記錄動作。 22. 如申請專利範圍第2 0項之記錄方法,其中上述方法判 別上述Ν位元之其餘圖案為上述固定值時,係使上述某 些位元之資料改變來記錄識別資料。 23. 如申請專利範圍第22項之記錄方法,其中將包含内容 之主資料與子碼資料調制成上述Ν位元之資料而記錄 於上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資 料之位元。 80385-940520.doc1244069 The groove, or the way from the groove to the ridge. 16. The recording method of item 15 in the scope of patent application, wherein the above method further records the data by making the ridge portion of the N-bit data into a groove portion. 17. The recording method of item 16 in the scope of the patent application, in which the above-mentioned N-bit data recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium is the data of the above-mentioned M-bit data that has been modulated by 8-14. 18. For the recording method of item 17 in the scope of patent application, wherein the above method selects a pattern other than [000] as the connection bit. 19. The recording method of item 17 in the scope of patent application, wherein the above method selects a pattern of [100] as the connection bit. 20. For example, the recording method of the first patent application range, wherein the above method is to determine whether the remaining data portion of the N bit is a fixed value, and to determine that the remaining pattern of the N bit is the fixed value, it is to make the These bits of data are recorded in a changed manner. 21. If the recording method of the scope of application for the patent No. 20, wherein the above method determines that the remaining data portion of the N bit is not the above-mentioned fixed value, no recording operation is performed. 22. For the recording method of item 20 in the scope of patent application, wherein when the above method determines that the remaining patterns of the N bits are the fixed values, the data of some of the bits is changed to record the identification data. 23. If the recording method of the 22nd scope of the patent application, the main data and subcode data including the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium, and some of the above bits are related to the above-mentioned sub-bit The bit of code data. 80385-940520.doc Ι?4·9 24. 如申請專利範圍第2 2項之記錄方法,其中上述方法判 別上述某些位元是否為特定值,上述某些位元為特定 值時,記錄上述識別資料。 25. —種記錄裝置,其具備: 掃描記錄媒體之光學頭部,該記錄媒體内預先記錄 有將Μ位元資料調制成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,作 為包含溝部與溝部間之脊部的凹凸圖案; 控制部,其係控制是否依據自上述光學頭部讀取之 資料記錄識別資料;及 信號處理部,其係實施上述識別信號内記錄用的信 號處理,並供給輸出資料至上述光學頭部; 藉由上述光學頭部於上述記錄媒體内,以使上述Ν 位元資料之某些位元改變,使上述Ν位元資料之其餘某 些位元固定之方式記錄上述識別資料。 26. 如申請專利範圍第2 5項之記錄裝置,其中上述裝置藉 由上述光學頭部,使上述Ν位元資料之上述脊部變成溝 部來記錄上述識別資料。 27. 如申請專利範圍第2 5項之記錄裝置,其中上述識別資 料包含指定記錄上述識別資料之區域用的資料。 28. 如申請專利範圍第2 5項之記錄裝置,其中將包含内容 之主資料與子碼資料調制成上述Ν位元之資料而記錄 於上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資 料之位元。 29. 如申請專利範圍第2 8項之記錄裝置,其中記錄於上述 記錄媒體内之上述Ν位元之資料,係上述Μ位元資料經 80385-940520.doc -4- 1244069 過8 — 1 4調的資料。 30. 如申請專利範圍第2 5項之記錄裝置, 料包含連接位元。 31. 如申請專利範圍第30項之記錄裝置 理部係以使上述連接位元變成上述 區域為脊之方式作選擇。 32. 如申請專利範圍第2 8項之記錄裝置 藉由上述光學頭部使上述N位元資3 溝部來記錄上述識別資料。 33. 如申請專利範圍第3 2項之記錄裝置 記錄媒體内之上述N位元之資料,係 過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 34. 如申請專利範圍第3 3項之記錄裝置, 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為I 任一方變成另一方。 35. 如申請專利範圍第3 3項之記錄裝置, 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為自 任一方變成另一方。 36. 如申請專利範圍第3 3項之記錄裝置, 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為自 任一方變成另一方。 37. 如申請專利範圍第3 0項之記錄裝置 理部内係以將位於使上述某些位元 資料,與上述Ν位元資料後續之Ν位; 連接位元自脊部變成溝部,或自溝名 80385-940520.docI.4 · 9 24. For example, the method for recording item 22 of the scope of patent application, wherein the above method determines whether some of the above bits are specific values, and records the above identification data when some of the bits are specific values. 25. A recording device comprising: an optical head that scans a recording medium, and the recording medium has previously recorded data that modulates M bit data into N (M &lt; Ν) bit data as a groove and The concave-convex pattern of the ridge portion between the groove portions; the control portion that controls whether to record the identification data based on the data read from the optical head; and the signal processing portion that performs the signal processing for recording in the identification signal and supplies it Output data to the above-mentioned optical head; by using the above-mentioned optical head in the above-mentioned recording medium, to record certain bits of the above-mentioned N-bit data, and to fix the remaining bits of the above-mentioned N-bit data in a fixed manner The above identification information. 26. For example, the recording device of the scope of application for a patent No. 25, wherein the device records the identification information by using the optical head to change the ridge portion of the N-bit data into a groove portion. 27. For the recording device according to item 25 of the scope of patent application, the above identification information includes data for designating an area where the above identification information is recorded. 28. If the recording device of the 25th item of the scope of patent application, the main data and subcode data including the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium, some of the above-mentioned bits are related to the above-mentioned Bit of subcode data. 29. If the recording device of the 28th item of the scope of patent application, the above-mentioned N-bit data recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium is the above-mentioned M-bit data. 80385-940520.doc -4- 1244069 passed 8 — 1 4 Tuned information. 30. If the recording device of the scope of application for item 25, it is expected that the recording device includes a connection bit. 31. For the recording device of the 30th aspect of the patent application, the management department selects such a way that the above-mentioned connection bit becomes the above-mentioned area as a ridge. 32. The recording device such as the 28th item in the scope of patent application uses the optical head to record the above identification information by using the above-mentioned optical head to make the N-bit data 3 grooves. 33. If the recording device of item 32 of the scope of patent application applies to the above-mentioned N-bit data in the recording medium, it is 8- to 14-modulated data. 34. For a recording device in the 33rd area of the patent application, the result of changing some of the above-mentioned bits of data is that any one of I becomes the other. 35. For a recording device in the scope of application for item 33, the result of changing some of the bits mentioned above will change from one party to the other. 36. In the case of a recording device in the scope of application for item 33 of the patent, the result of changing some of the bits mentioned above will change from one party to the other. 37. For example, the recording device management section of the 30th patent application scope is to be located at the N position that follows some of the above bit data and the above N bit data; the connecting bit changes from the ridge to the groove, or from the groove Name80385-940520.doc 其中上述Ν位元資 ,其中上述信號處 某些位元而記錄之 ,其中上述裝置係 畔之上述脊部變成 ,其中記錄於上述 上述Μ位元資料經 其中上述Ν位元之 I 0X47h , 0X07h之 其中上述N位元之 丨 0X44h,0X04h-^ 其中上述N位元之 I 0X40h , OXOOh之 ,其中上述信號處 改變之上述N位元 元資料之間之上述 P變成脊部的方式Among the above-mentioned N-bit data, the above-mentioned signal is recorded at some bits, where the device is the ridge of the device, and the above-mentioned M-bit data is recorded through I 0X47h, 0X07h of the above-mentioned N-bit. Among the above-mentioned N bits, 0X44h, 0X04h- ^ Among the above-mentioned N bits, I 0X40h, OXOOh, where the above-mentioned P between the above-mentioned N-bit data changed at the above signal becomes a ridge 1244069 作選擇。 38. 如申請專利範圍第3 7項之記錄裝置,其中上述裝置係 藉由上述光學頭部使上述N位元資料之上述脊部變成 溝部來記錄上述識別資料。 39. 如申請專利範圍第3 8項之記錄裝置,其中記錄於上述 記錄媒體内之上述N位元之資料,係上述Μ位元資料經 過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 40. 如申請專利範圍第3 9項之記錄裝置,其中上述信號處 理部係選擇〔0 0 0〕以外之圖案作為上述連接位元。 41. 如申請專利範圍第3 9項之記錄裝置,其中上述信號處 理部係選擇〔1 0 0〕之圖案作為上述連接位元。 42. 如申請專利範圍第2 5項之記錄裝置,其中上述控制部 係判別上述Ν位元之其餘資料部分是否為固定值,判別 上述Ν位元之其餘圖案為上述固定值時,係以使上述某 些位元之資料改變的方式進行記錄。 43. 如申請專利範圍第42項之記錄裝置,其中上述控制部 具備:判別部,其係判別上述Ν位元之其餘資料部分是 否為固定值;及切換電路部,其係依據上述判別部之 判別結果進行切換;上述切換電路部判別上述Ν位元之 其餘圖案為上述固定值時,切換成將上述識別資料輸 入上述信號處理部。 44. 如申請專利範圍第42項之記錄裝置,其中上述控制部 判別上述Ν位元之其餘資料部分並非上述固定值時,不 進行記錄動作。 45. 如申請專利範圍第42項之記錄裝置,其中上述控制部 80385-940520.doc -6- -· 、 &quot; , ... - 一 ^ ; 申藏1¾翁宽广 * ;) ^ 卜、.,·.-ΰΐ 1 判別上述N位元之其餘圖案為上述固定值時,係使上述 某些位元之資料改變來記錄識別資料。 46. 如申請專利範圍第4 5項之記錄裝置,其中將包含内容 之主資料與子碼資料調制成上述N位元之資料而記錄 於上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資 料之位元。 47. 如申請專利範圍第45項之記錄裝置,其中上述控制部 判別上述某些位元是否為特定值,上述某些位元為特 定值時,記錄上述識別資料。 48. 如申請專利範圍第2 5項之記錄裝置,其中上述控制部 具備檢測部,其係檢測上述記錄媒體之上述識別資料 之記錄位置是否為脊部,藉由上述檢測部檢測出上述 記錄位置係脊部時,將上述識別資料記錄於上述記錄 媒體内。 49. 一種再生方法,其係自預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制成 Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使上述Ν位元資料之某 些位元改變,使上述Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之 方式進一步記錄貧料之記錄媒體讀取資料’ 自上述所讀取資料中抽出上述Ν位元資料的其餘部 分, 判別上述所抽出之Ν位元資料之其餘部分是否為固 定值, 判別上述所抽出之Ν位元資料之其餘部分為固定值 時,判斷為無誤。 50. 如申請專利範圍第49項之再生方法,其中上述記錄媒 80385-940520.doc1244069 for selection. 38. The recording device according to item 37 of the scope of patent application, wherein the device records the identification data by changing the ridge portion of the N-bit data into a groove portion through the optical head. 39. For the recording device of the 38th scope of the patent application, the above-mentioned N-bit data recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium is the data of the above-mentioned M-bit data modulated by 8-14. 40. For the recording device of item 39 in the scope of patent application, wherein the signal processing section selects a pattern other than [0 0 0] as the connection bit. 41. For the recording device of item 39 in the scope of patent application, wherein the signal processing section selects a pattern of [100] as the connection bit. 42. If the recording device of the 25th item of the patent application is applied, the control unit determines whether the remaining data portion of the N bit is a fixed value, and determines that the remaining pattern of the N bit is the fixed value, so that Some of the above bits of data are recorded in a changed manner. 43. For the recording device in the 42nd area of the patent application, the control unit includes: a determination unit that determines whether the remaining data portion of the N-bit is a fixed value; and a switching circuit unit that is based on The determination result is switched. When the switching circuit unit determines that the remaining patterns of the N bits are the fixed value, it switches to input the identification data into the signal processing unit. 44. If the recording device according to item 42 of the patent application, wherein the control unit determines that the remaining data portion of the N bit is not the above-mentioned fixed value, the recording operation is not performed. 45. For example, the recording device in the 42nd area of the patent application, in which the above-mentioned control section 80385-940520.doc -6--·, &quot; , · .-Ϋ́ΐ 1 When the remaining patterns of the above N bits are determined to be the above-mentioned fixed values, the data of some of the above bits is changed to record the identification data. 46. For example, the recording device of the 45th scope of the patent application, wherein the main data and subcode data including the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium. Bit of subcode data. 47. For the recording device of the scope of application for patent No. 45, the control unit judges whether some of the bits are specific values, and records the identification data when the certain bits are specific values. 48. For the recording device according to item 25 of the scope of patent application, wherein the control unit includes a detection unit that detects whether the recording position of the identification data of the recording medium is a ridge, and the detection position is detected by the detection unit When the spine is attached, the identification data is recorded in the recording medium. 49. A reproduction method comprising pre-recording data obtained by modulating M bit data into N (M &lt; N) bit data so that certain bits of the above N bit data are changed so that the above N Some other bits of the bit data are fixed in a way that further records the poor recording medium to read the data. 'Extract the remaining part of the above N bit data from the read data, and judge the extracted N bit data. Whether the remaining part is a fixed value, and it is judged that the rest of the extracted N-bit data is a fixed value when it is determined to be correct. 50. For the reproduction method according to item 49 of the application, wherein the above-mentioned recording medium is 80385-940520.doc 1244069 體内,藉由使上述N位元資料之某些位元改變來記錄識 別貨料。 51. 如申請專利範圍第5 0項之再生方法,其中將包含内容 之主資料與子碼資料調制成上述N位元之資料而記錄 於上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資 料之位元。 52. 如申請專利範圍第5 1項之再生方法,其中記錄於上述 記錄媒體内之上述N位元之資料,係上述Μ位元資料經 過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 53. 如申請專利範圍第49項之再生方法,其中上述方法係 上述所抽出之Ν位元資料的其餘部分與保持之固定值 比較, 判別上述所抽出之Ν位元資料之其餘部分是否與上 述固定值一致。 54. —種再生方法,其係自預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制成 Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使上述Ν位元資料之某 些位元改變,使上述Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之 方式進一步記錄資料之記錄媒體讀取資料, 自上述所讀取資料中抽出上述Ν位元資料的其餘部 分, 判別上述所抽出之Ν位元資料之其餘部分是否為固 定值, 判別上述所抽出之Ν位元資料之其餘部分為固定值 時,再生上述進一步所記錄之資料。 55. 如申請專利範圍第5 4項之再生方法,其中上述方法係 80385-940520.doc1244069 In vivo, records are identified by changing certain bits of the N-bit data described above. 51. If the reproduction method of item 50 of the scope of patent application is applied, the main data and subcode data including the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium. Bit of subcode data. 52. In the case of a reproduction method according to item 51 of the scope of patent application, the N-bit data recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium is the data of the M-bit data that has been modulated by 8-14. 53. If the reproduction method of the 49th scope of the patent application is applied, the above method is to compare the rest of the extracted N-bit data with the fixed value, and determine whether the rest of the extracted N-bit data is the same as the above. The fixed values are consistent. 54. A regeneration method, which is obtained by pre-recording data obtained by modulating M bit data into N (M &lt; N) bit data, so that some bits of the above N bit data are changed, so that The other bits of the N-bit data are fixed in a way that further records the data. The reading medium reads the data, extracts the remaining part of the N-bit data from the read data, and judges the extracted N-bit data. Whether the remaining part is a fixed value, and when it is judged that the remaining part of the extracted N-bit data is a fixed value, the further recorded data described above is reproduced. 55. The regeneration method as described in item 54 of the patent application range, wherein the above method is 80385-940520.doc TimmTimm 上述所抽出之N位元資料的其餘部分與保持之固定值 比較,判別上述所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分是否與 上述固定值一致。 56. 如申請專利範圍第54項之再生方法,其中上述方法判 別上述所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分並非固定值時 ,禁止上述記錄媒體的再生。 57. 如申請專利範圍第5 4項之再生方法,其中上述方法判 別上述所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分並非固定值時 ,接至下一個N位元之資料。 58. 如申請專利範圍第5 4項之再生方法,其中上述記錄媒 體内,藉由使上述N位元資料之某些位元改變來記錄識 別資料。 59. 如申請專利範圍第5 8項之再生方法,其中將包含内容 之主資料與子碼資料調制成上述N位元之資料而記錄 於上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資 料之位元。 60. 如申請專利範圍第5 9項之再生方法,其中記錄於上述 記錄媒體内之上述N位元之資料,係上述Μ位元資料經 過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 61. —種再生方法,其係自預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制成 Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使上述Ν位元資料之某 些位元改變,使上述Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之 方式進一步記錄資料之記錄媒體讀取資料, 檢測上述所讀取之上述Ν位元資料之上述某些位元 是否為特定值, 80385-940520.docThe rest of the extracted N-bit data is compared with the fixed value to determine whether the rest of the extracted N-bit data is consistent with the fixed value. 56. If the reproduction method of item 54 of the patent application scope, wherein the above method determines that the rest of the extracted N-bit data is not a fixed value, the reproduction of the above recording medium is prohibited. 57. If the regeneration method of the 54th item of the patent application is applied, in which the above method determines that the rest of the N-bit data extracted above is not a fixed value, it proceeds to the next N-bit data. 58. The reproduction method according to item 54 of the scope of patent application, in which the identification information is recorded in the recording medium by changing some bits of the above-mentioned N-bit data. 59. For example, the reproduction method of item 58 in the scope of patent application, wherein the main data and subcode data including the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium, and some of the above-mentioned bits are related to the above-mentioned Bit of subcode data. 60. If the reproduction method of item 59 in the scope of the patent application is applied, the N-bit data recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium is data in which the M-bit data has been modulated by 8-14. 61. A reproduction method, which is obtained by pre-recording data obtained by modulating M bit data into N (M &lt; N) bit data, so that certain bits of the above N bit data are changed, so that The other bits of the N-bit data are fixed in a way that further records the data to read the data from the recording medium, and detects whether some of the above-mentioned bits of the N-bit data read are specific values, 80385-940520.doc 1244069 上述某些位元並非上述特定值時,再生上述進一步 所記錄之資料。 62·如申請專利範圍第6 1項之再生方法,其中上述方法於 上述某些位元係上述特定值時,禁止上述進一步所記 錄之資料的再生。 63·如申請專利範圍第6 1項之再生方法,其中上述方法於 上述某些位元係上述特定值時,禁止上述記錄媒體的 再生。 64.如申請專利範圍第6 1項之再生方法,其中上述記錄媒 體内,藉由使上述N位元資料之某些位元改變來記錄識 別資料。 65_如申請專利範圍第64項之再生方法,其中將包含内容 之主資料與子碼資料調制成上述N位元之資料而記錄 於上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資 料之位元。 66. 如申請專利範圍第6 5項之再生方法,其中記錄於上述 記錄媒體内之上述N位元之資料,係上述Μ位元資料經 過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 67. —種再生裝置,其具備: 光學頭部,其係自預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制成Ν (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使上述Ν位元資料之某些 位元改變,使上述Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之方 式進一步記錄資料之記錄媒體讀取資料; 解調部,其係解調藉由上述光學頭部所讀取之資料 ;及 80385-940520.doc -10-1244069 When some of the above bits are not the above specific values, the data recorded further above is reproduced. 62. The reproduction method according to item 61 of the patent application range, wherein the above method prohibits the reproduction of the further recorded data when some of the bits are the above-mentioned specific values. 63. The reproduction method according to item 61 of the patent application range, wherein the above method prohibits the reproduction of the recording medium when some of the bits are the specific values described above. 64. The reproduction method according to item 61 of the scope of patent application, wherein the identification data is recorded in the recording medium by changing some bits of the N-bit data. 65_ If the reproduction method of item 64 of the patent application scope, wherein the main data and subcode data including the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium, some of the above-mentioned bits are related to the above-mentioned sub-bits. The bit of code data. 66. As for the reproduction method of item 65 in the scope of application for patent, the above-mentioned N-bit data recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium is the above-mentioned M-bit data which has been modulated by 8-14. 67. A reproduction device comprising: an optical head, which is obtained by pre-recording data that modulates M-bit data into N (M &lt; NR) bit data so that one of the above N-bit data These bits change, so that some other bits of the above N-bit data are fixed to further record the data in a recording medium to read the data; the demodulation section, which demodulates the data read by the optical head; And 80385-940520.doc -10- 1244069 控制部,其係自藉由上述光學頭部自上述記錄媒體 讀取之資料中抽出上述N位元資料的其餘部分,判別上 述所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分是否為固定值,判別 上述所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分為固定值時,將上 述進一步記錄之資料供給至上述解調部。 68·如申請專利範圍第67項之再生裝置,其中上述控制部 具備保持上述固定值之保持部,上述控制部係將上述 所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分與保持於上述保持部 之固定值比較,判別上述所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部 分是否與上述固定值一致。 69·如申請專利範圍第67項之再生裝置,其中上述控制部 判別上述所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分並非固定值 時,禁止上述記錄媒體的再生。 70. 如申請專利範圍第67項之再生裝置,其中上述控制部 判別上述所抽出之N位元資料之其餘部分並非固定值 時,接至下一個N位元之資料。 71. 如申請專利範圍第67項之再生裝置,其中上述記錄媒 體内,藉由使上述N位元資料之某些位元改變來記錄識 別資料。 72. 如申請專利範圍第7 1項之再生裝置,其中將包含内容 之主資料與子碼資料調制成上述N位元之資料而記錄 於上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資 料之位元。 73. 如申請專利範圍第72項之再生裝置,其中記錄於上述 記錄媒體内之上述N位元之資料,係上述Μ位元資料經 80385-940520.doc -11 - 12440691244069 The control unit is configured to extract the rest of the N-bit data from the data read from the recording medium by the optical head, and determine whether the rest of the extracted N-bit data is a fixed value. When the rest of the extracted N-bit data is a fixed value, the further recorded data is supplied to the demodulation section. 68. If the reproduction device of the scope of application for patent 67, wherein the control section includes a holding section for holding the fixed value, the control section fixes the rest of the extracted N-bit data with the holding of the holding section. Value comparison to determine whether the rest of the extracted N-bit data is consistent with the fixed value. 69. If the reproduction device of the scope of application for a patent item 67, wherein the control section determines that the rest of the extracted N-bit data is not a fixed value, reproduction of the recording medium is prohibited. 70. In the case of a reproduction device applying for item 67 of the patent scope, in which the above control unit judges that the rest of the extracted N-bit data is not a fixed value, it proceeds to the next N-bit data. 71. The reproduction device according to item 67 of the application, wherein in the above-mentioned recording medium, identification data is recorded by changing some bits of the above-mentioned N-bit data. 72. If the reproduction device of item 71 of the scope of patent application is applied, the main data and subcode data including the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium, and some of the above-mentioned bits are related to the above-mentioned Bit of subcode data. 73. In the case of the reproduction device for item 72 of the patent application, the above-mentioned N-bit data recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium is the above-mentioned M-bit data which has been subjected to 80385-940520.doc -11-1244069 過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 74. —種記錄媒體,其係預先記錄有將Μ位元資料調制成N (Μ &lt; Ν)位元資料之資料,以使上述Ν位元資料之某些 位元改變,使上述Ν位元資料之其餘某些位元固定之方 式進一步記錄資料。 75. 如申請專利範圍第74項之記錄媒體,其中上述媒體内 預先記錄有上述Ν位元資料,作為包含溝部與上述溝部 間之脊部的凹凸圖案。 76. 如申請專利範圍第7 5項之記錄媒體,其中上述媒體内 ,藉由使上述Ν位元資料之上述脊部變成溝部,進一步 記錄資料。 77. 如申請專利範圍第76項之記錄媒體,其中上述媒體内 ,藉由使上述Ν位元資料之某些位元改變記錄識別資 料。 78. 如申請專利範圍第77項之記錄媒體,其中上述識別資 料包含特定記錄上述識別資料之區域用的資料。 79. 如申請專利範圍第77項之記錄媒體,其中將包含内容 之主資料與子碼資料調制成上述Ν位元之資料而記錄 於上述記錄媒體内,上述某些位元係有關上述子碼資 料之位元。 80·如申請專利範圍第79項之記錄媒體,其中上述Ν位元之 資料,係上述Μ位元資料經過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 81. 如申請專利範圍第74項之記錄媒體,其中上述Ν位元之 資料包含連接位元。 82. 如申請專利範圍第8 1項之記錄媒體,其中上述媒體内 80385-940520.doc -12-Over 8 — 1 4 modulation data. 74. A recording medium, which is pre-recorded with data modulated from M bit data to N (M &lt; N) bit data, so that certain bits of the above N bit data are changed to make the above N Some other bits of bit data are fixed in a way that further records the data. 75. For example, the recording medium of the scope of application for patent No. 74, in which the above-mentioned N-bit data is recorded in advance as an uneven pattern including a ridge portion between the groove portion and the groove portion. 76. For example, the recording medium in the scope of application No. 75, in which the above-mentioned media further records the data by making the ridge portion of the N-bit data into a groove portion. 77. For example, the recording medium in the scope of patent application No. 76, in which the above-mentioned media changes the record identification information by changing certain bits of the above N-bit data. 78. In the case of a recording medium under the scope of patent application No. 77, the above-mentioned identification information includes information for specifying an area in which the above identification information is recorded. 79. If the recording medium in the scope of patent application No. 77, the main data and subcode data containing the content are modulated into the above-mentioned N-bit data and recorded in the above-mentioned recording medium. The bit of code data. 80. If the recording medium of the 79th scope of the patent application, the above-mentioned N-bit data is the data of the above-mentioned M-bit data after 8-14 modulation. 81. If the recording medium of the scope of patent application No. 74, wherein the information of the above N bit includes the connection bit. 82. If you apply for the recording medium of item 81 in the scope of patent application, 80385-940520.doc -12- u 預先記錄有上述N位元資料,作為包含溝部與上述溝部 間之脊部的凹凸圖案,以改變上述某些位元來記錄上 述連接位元之區域為脊之方式作選擇。 83. 如申請專利範圍第82項之記錄媒體,其中上述媒體内 ,藉由使上述N位元資料之上述脊部變成溝部,進一步 記錄資料。 84. 如申請專利範圍第83項之記錄媒體,其中上述N位元之 資料,係上述Μ位元資料經過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 85. 如申請專利範圍第84項之記錄媒體,其中上述Ν位元之 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為自〇X47h,0X07h之 任一方變成另一方。 86. 如申請專利範圍第8 4項之記錄媒體,其中上述N位元之 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為自〇X44h,0X04h之 任一方變成另一方。 87. 如申請專利範圍第8 4項之記錄媒體,其中上述N位元之 資料改變上述某些位元之結果,為自〇X40h,OXOOh之 任一方變成另一方。 88. 如申請專利範圍第8 1項之記錄媒體,其中上述媒體内 預先記錄有上述N位元資料,作為包含溝部與上述溝部 間之脊部的凹凸圖案,以將位於使上述某些位元改變 之上述N位元資料,與上述N位元資料後續之N位元資 料之間之上述連接位元自脊部變成溝部,或自溝部變 成脊部的方式作選擇。 89. 如申請專利範圍第8 8項之記錄媒體,其中上述媒體係 藉由使上述N位元資料之上述脊部變成溝部進一步記 80385-940520.doc -13 -u The N-bit data is recorded in advance as a concave-convex pattern including a ridge portion between a groove portion and the groove portion, and a certain ridge is changed to record a region connecting the bits as a ridge. 83. For the recording medium under the scope of application for patent No. 82, in which the data is further recorded by changing the ridge portion of the N-bit data into the groove portion. 84. For the recording medium under the scope of patent application No. 83, in which the above-mentioned N-bit data is the data modulated by the above-mentioned M-bit data with 8-14. 85. As for the recording medium under the scope of application for patent No. 84, the result of the above-mentioned N bit data changing some of the above bits is that one of 0X47h and 0X07h becomes the other party. 86. As for the recording medium under the scope of application for patent No. 84, the result of the above N bits of data changing some of the above bits will be from 0x44h, 0x04h to the other party. 87. As for the recording medium in the scope of application for the item No. 84, in which the data of the above N bits change some of the above bits, it is from OX40h or OXOOh to either party. 88. For example, the recording medium of item 81 of the scope of patent application, in which the above-mentioned N-bit data is recorded in advance in the above-mentioned medium as a concave-convex pattern including a ridge portion between the groove portion and the groove portion, so as to locate the bit The changed N-bit data and the N-bit data following the N-bit data described above are connected from the ridge portion to the groove portion or from the groove portion to the ridge portion. 89. For example, the recording medium of item 88 of the scope of patent application, wherein the above-mentioned medium is further recorded by making the ridge portion of the N-bit data into the groove portion 80385-940520.doc -13- 1244069 ο \ ι &gt;. i 錄資料。 90.如申請專利範圍第8 9項之記錄媒體,其中上述Ν位元之 資料,係上述Μ位元資料經過8 — 1 4調制的資料。 91·如申請專利範圍第9 0項之記錄媒體,其中上述連接位 元係選擇〔0 0 0〕以外之圖案。 92.如申請專利範圍第9 0項之記錄媒體,其中上述連接位 元係選擇〔100〕之圖案。 80385-940520.doc -14-1244069 ο \ ι &gt;. i record data. 90. The recording medium according to item 89 of the scope of patent application, wherein the data of the N bit is the data of the M bit data which has been modulated by 8-14. 91. The recording medium according to item 90 of the scope of patent application, wherein the above-mentioned connection bits are patterns other than [0 0 0]. 92. The recording medium of claim 90 in the scope of patent application, wherein the above-mentioned connection bit is a pattern of [100]. 80385-940520.doc -14-
TW91125028A 2001-10-31 2002-10-25 Data recording method, recorder and data reproducing method and device TWI244069B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2001335406A JP3585881B2 (en) 2001-10-31 2001-10-31 Data recording device and method and data reproducing device and method
JP2001339970A JP4089205B2 (en) 2001-11-05 2001-11-05 Mastering apparatus and method, and data recording apparatus and method
JP2001345330A JP3803704B2 (en) 2001-11-09 2001-11-09 Data recording medium, data recording apparatus and method, data reproducing apparatus and method
JP2001345331A JP4089207B2 (en) 2001-11-09 2001-11-09 Mastering apparatus, master manufacturing method, data recording apparatus and method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI244069B true TWI244069B (en) 2005-11-21

Family

ID=37154684

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW91125028A TWI244069B (en) 2001-10-31 2002-10-25 Data recording method, recorder and data reproducing method and device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI244069B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW449737B (en) Information recording medium, cutting apparatus, and information read/write apparatus
US20040090887A1 (en) Optical recording medium, recording apparatus and method for optical recording medium, and reproducing apparatus and method for optical recording medium
MXPA02009952A (en) Disc recording medium, disc drive apparatus, and.
JPS60106073A (en) Record reproducer
TWI279786B (en) Data recording medium, data recording method and device, data regeneration method and device, data transmission method and data receiving method
TW518583B (en) Compact disk and compact disk device
US7302588B2 (en) Data recording method, data recording device, and recording medium
US6219322B1 (en) Optical information recording apparatus, optical information recording method, optical information recording medium and optical information reproducing apparatus
WO2002050821A1 (en) Optical disc, recording apparatus and method for optical disc, and its reproducing method
TW200403629A (en) Data recording medium, data recording method and device
US7362671B2 (en) Optical disc recording and/or playing apparatus and method
TWI244069B (en) Data recording method, recorder and data reproducing method and device
JP3585881B2 (en) Data recording device and method and data reproducing device and method
KR100898131B1 (en) Data recording method, recorder, and data reproducing method and device
KR100888785B1 (en) Data recording medium, data recording apparatus and method, and data reproducing apparatus and reproducing method
JP2002042346A (en) Recording medium and device/method for reproducing recording medium
TW200425073A (en) Data recording method and device, data recording medium, data regeneration method and device, data transmission method and device, data receiving method and device
TW200425072A (en) Data recording method and device, data recording medium, and data regeneration method and device
TWI269283B (en) Method and apparatus for recording data on writable compact disc
JP2003196836A (en) Data recording medium, and method and device for data recording
JP3955289B2 (en) Data recording medium
JP2003196837A (en) Data recording medium, and method and device for data recording
JP4089205B2 (en) Mastering apparatus and method, and data recording apparatus and method
JP4089207B2 (en) Mastering apparatus, master manufacturing method, data recording apparatus and method
JP3803704B2 (en) Data recording medium, data recording apparatus and method, data reproducing apparatus and method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees